Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 112015:fa60617e20c1
Fix indentation
author | Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 24 Dec 2010 10:25:18 +0100 |
parents | a5a188ddc758 |
children | 6ce864f1550e |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
64770
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
3 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, |
106815 | 4 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 5 |
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
7 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
314 | 9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
11 (at your option) any later version. |
314 | 12 |
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
16 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
17 | |
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
314 | 20 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <config.h> |
314 | 22 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 24 #include <ctype.h> |
105669
68dd71358159
* alloc.c: Do not define struct catchtag.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
104957
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <setjmp.h> |
314 | 26 |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
34 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 37 #include "buffer.h" |
88351
aac41b50c875
Include "character.h" instead of "charset.h".
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "character.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 40 #include "frame.h" |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
12917 | 50 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 51 |
314 | 52 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
53 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 54 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 55 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
56 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
57 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
58 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
60 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
61 #include "nsterm.h" |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
62 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
63 |
25012 | 64 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
65 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
66 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
67 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
68 |
314 | 69 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 70 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
71 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
72 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
73 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 74 |
75 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
76 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
77 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
78 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
79 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
80 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
81 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
82 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
83 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
84 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
85 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
86 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
87 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
88 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
89 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
90 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 91 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
92 #endif | |
25012 | 93 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
94 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
95 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 96 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
97 #endif | |
25012 | 98 |
99 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
100 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
101 | |
102 struct dim | |
103 { | |
104 int width; | |
105 int height; | |
106 }; | |
107 | |
108 | |
109 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
110 | |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
111 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
112 static void restore_current_matrix (struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
113 static int showing_window_margins_p (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
114 static void fake_current_matrices (Lisp_Object); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
115 static void redraw_overlapping_rows (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
116 static void redraw_overlapped_rows (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
117 static int count_blanks (struct glyph *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
118 static int count_match (struct glyph *, struct glyph *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
119 struct glyph *, struct glyph *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
120 static unsigned line_draw_cost (struct glyph_matrix *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
121 static void update_frame_line (struct frame *, int); |
25012 | 122 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
123 (Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
124 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
125 static int realloc_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *, struct dim); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
126 static void adjust_frame_glyphs (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
127 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_pool *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
128 static void free_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
129 static void adjust_glyph_matrix (struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
130 int, int, struct dim); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
131 static void change_frame_size_1 (struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
132 static void swap_glyph_pointers (struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
133 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
134 static int glyph_row_slice_p (struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
135 #endif |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
136 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
137 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
138 struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
139 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
140 struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
141 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool (void); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
142 static void free_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
143 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (void); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
144 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
145 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
146 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
147 static void build_frame_matrix (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
148 void clear_current_matrices (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
149 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range (struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
150 int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
151 static void clear_window_matrices (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
152 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
153 static int scrolling_window (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
154 static int update_window_line (struct window *, int, int *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
155 static void update_marginal_area (struct window *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
156 static int update_text_area (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
157 static void make_current (struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
158 int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
159 static void mirror_make_current (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
160 void check_window_matrix_pointers (struct window *); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
161 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
162 static void check_matrix_pointers (struct glyph_matrix *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
163 struct glyph_matrix *); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
164 #endif |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
165 static void mirror_line_dance (struct window *, int, int, int *, char *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
166 static int update_window_tree (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
167 static int update_window (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
168 static int update_frame_1 (struct frame *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
169 static void set_window_cursor_after_update (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
170 static int row_equal_p (struct window *, struct glyph_row *, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
171 struct glyph_row *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
172 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
173 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (struct frame *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
174 static void reverse_rows (struct glyph_matrix *, int, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
175 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve (struct window *, int, Lisp_Object); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
176 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (struct window *); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
177 struct window *frame_row_to_window (struct window *, int); |
25012 | 178 |
179 | |
180 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
181 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
182 scrolling. */ | |
183 | |
184 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
185 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
186 /* Define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING to 1, if micro-second timers |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
187 are supported, so we can check for input during redisplay at |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
188 regular intervals. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
189 #ifdef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
190 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 1 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
191 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
192 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 0 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
193 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
194 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
195 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
196 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
197 /* If a number (float), check for user input every N seconds. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
198 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
199 Lisp_Object Vredisplay_preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
200 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
201 /* Redisplay preemption timers. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
202 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
203 static EMACS_TIME preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
204 static EMACS_TIME preemption_next_check; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
205 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
206 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
207 |
554 | 208 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 209 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 210 |
764 | 211 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 212 |
25012 | 213 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 214 |
215 int display_completed; | |
216 | |
25012 | 217 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
218 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 219 |
220 int visible_bell; | |
221 | |
764 | 222 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 223 |
224 int inverse_video; | |
225 | |
226 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
227 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
228 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 229 |
25012 | 230 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
231 creates the first frame. */ |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
232 |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
233 Lisp_Object Vinitial_window_system; |
314 | 234 |
235 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 236 |
314 | 237 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
238 | |
25012 | 239 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
240 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 241 |
242 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 243 as a character code. |
244 | |
245 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
246 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 247 |
248 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
249 | |
250 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
251 | |
252 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
253 | |
25012 | 254 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
255 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 256 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
257 | |
314 | 258 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
259 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
260 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 261 |
314 | 262 |
25012 | 263 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
264 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
265 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
266 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 267 |
268 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 269 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 270 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
271 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 272 |
273 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
274 | |
275 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
276 | |
277 int delayed_size_change; | |
278 | |
279 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
280 | |
281 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
282 | |
283 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
284 | |
285 struct window *updated_window; | |
286 | |
287 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
288 | |
289 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
290 int updated_area; | |
291 | |
292 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
293 | |
294 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
295 | |
296 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
297 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
298 | |
299 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
300 int glyph_pool_count; | |
301 | |
302 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
303 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
304 | |
305 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
306 | |
307 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
308 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
309 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
310 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
94946
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
311 loaded on demand. Another reason is that a line contains many |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
312 characters displayed by zero width or very narrow glyphs of |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
313 variable-width fonts. */ |
25012 | 314 |
315 int fonts_changed_p; | |
316 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
317 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 318 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
319 | |
320 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
321 | |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
322 static int window_to_frame_vpos (struct window *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
323 static int window_to_frame_hpos (struct window *, int); |
25012 | 324 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) |
325 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
326 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
327 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
328 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
329 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
352 static void add_frame_display_history (struct frame *, int); |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108909
diff
changeset
|
353 static void add_window_display_history (struct window *, char *, int); |
71141 | 354 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
357 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
366 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
367 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
372 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
378 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
395 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
400 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
409 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
410 (void) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 |
25012 | 425 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
426 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
427 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
428 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 429 |
430 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
431 | |
432 | |
109539
d962ccf8829f
Use __executable_start to find start of text segment for profiling
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109360
diff
changeset
|
433 #if defined PROFILING && !HAVE___EXECUTABLE_START |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
434 /* FIXME: only used to find text start for profiling. */ |
314 | 435 |
436 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
437 safe_bcopy (const char *from, char *to, int size) |
314 | 438 { |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
439 abort (); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
440 } |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
441 #endif |
25012 | 442 |
443 /*********************************************************************** | |
444 Glyph Matrices | |
445 ***********************************************************************/ | |
446 | |
447 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
448 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
449 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
450 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
451 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
452 | |
453 struct glyph_matrix * | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
454 new_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_pool *pool) |
25012 | 455 { |
456 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
457 | |
458 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
459 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
460 memset (result, 0, sizeof *result); |
25012 | 461 |
462 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
463 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
464 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
465 | |
466 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
467 result->pool = pool; | |
468 return result; | |
469 } | |
470 | |
471 | |
472 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
473 | |
474 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
475 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
476 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
477 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
478 |
25012 | 479 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
480 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
481 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
482 | |
483 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
484 free_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 485 { |
486 if (matrix) | |
487 { | |
488 int i; | |
489 | |
490 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
491 allocated. */ | |
492 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
493 abort (); | |
494 | |
495 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
496 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
497 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
498 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
499 |
25012 | 500 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
501 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
502 xfree (matrix); | |
503 } | |
504 } | |
505 | |
506 | |
507 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
508 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
509 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
510 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
511 or a float. */ | |
512 | |
513 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
514 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (struct window *w, int total_glyphs, Lisp_Object margin) |
25012 | 515 { |
516 int n; | |
517 | |
518 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
519 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
520 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 521 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
522 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
57808
a1c4ff636947
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Don't use ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56727
diff
changeset
|
523 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); |
25012 | 524 } |
525 else | |
526 n = 0; | |
527 | |
528 return n; | |
529 } | |
530 | |
531 | |
532 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
533 window sizes. | |
534 | |
535 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
536 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
537 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
538 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
539 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
540 | |
541 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
542 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
543 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
544 MATRIX->pool. | |
545 | |
546 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
547 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
548 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
549 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
550 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
551 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
552 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
553 | |
554 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
555 adjust_glyph_matrix (struct window *w, struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int x, int y, struct dim dim) |
25012 | 556 { |
557 int i; | |
558 int new_rows; | |
559 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 560 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
561 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 562 int left = -1, right = -1; |
80274
b818bce5757f
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Initialize window_height.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
563 int window_width = -1, window_height = -1; |
25012 | 564 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
565 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
566 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 567 if (w) |
568 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
569 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
570 |
25546 | 571 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
572 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 573 } |
25546 | 574 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 575 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
576 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
577 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 578 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
579 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
580 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
581 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
582 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
583 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 584 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
585 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
586 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
587 | |
588 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
589 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 590 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
591 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
592 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 593 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
594 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
595 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
596 return; | |
597 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
598 |
25012 | 599 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
600 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
601 { | |
602 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
603 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
604 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
605 memset (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, 0, |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
606 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); |
25012 | 607 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; |
608 } | |
609 else | |
610 new_rows = 0; | |
611 | |
612 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
613 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
614 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
615 if (matrix->pool) | |
616 { | |
617 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
618 |
25012 | 619 if (w) |
620 { | |
621 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
622 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 623 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
624 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 625 } |
626 else | |
627 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
628 |
25012 | 629 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
630 { | |
631 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
632 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
633 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 634 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
635 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
636 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
637 |
25012 | 638 if (w == NULL |
639 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 640 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 641 { |
642 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
643 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
644 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
645 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
646 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
647 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
648 } | |
649 else | |
650 { | |
651 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
652 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
653 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
654 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
655 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
656 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
657 } | |
658 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
659 |
25012 | 660 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
661 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
662 } | |
663 else | |
664 { | |
665 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
666 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
667 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 668 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
669 || new_rows | |
25546 | 670 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 671 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
672 { | |
673 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
674 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
675 |
25012 | 676 while (row < end) |
677 { | |
678 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
679 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
680 (dim.width | |
681 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
682 |
25012 | 683 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
684 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 685 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 686 { |
687 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
688 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
689 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
690 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
691 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
692 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
693 } | |
694 else | |
695 { | |
696 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
697 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
698 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
699 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
700 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
701 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
702 } | |
703 ++row; | |
704 } | |
705 } | |
706 | |
707 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
708 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
709 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
710 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
711 |
25012 | 712 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
713 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
714 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 715 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
716 if (w) |
25012 | 717 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
718 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 719 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
720 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
721 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
722 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
723 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
724 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
725 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
726 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
727 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
728 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
729 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
730 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
731 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
732 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
733 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
734 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
735 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
736 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
737 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
738 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
739 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
740 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
741 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
742 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
743 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
744 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
745 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
746 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
747 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
748 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
749 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
750 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
751 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
752 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
753 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
754 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
755 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
756 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
757 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
758 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
759 } |
25012 | 760 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
761 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 762 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
763 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
764 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
765 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
766 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 767 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
768 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
769 } | |
770 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
771 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
772 |
25012 | 773 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
774 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
775 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
776 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
777 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
778 | |
779 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
780 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
781 if (w) | |
782 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
783 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
784 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 785 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
786 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
787 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
788 } | |
789 } | |
790 | |
791 | |
792 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
793 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
794 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
795 below). */ | |
314 | 796 |
797 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
798 reverse_rows (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end) |
314 | 799 { |
25012 | 800 int i, j; |
801 | |
802 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
803 { | |
804 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
805 initialization. */ | |
806 struct glyph_row temp; | |
807 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
808 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
809 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
810 } | |
314 | 811 } |
812 | |
25012 | 813 |
814 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
815 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
816 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
817 row structures are moved around). | |
818 | |
819 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
820 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
821 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
822 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
823 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
824 rotating right. */ | |
825 | |
826 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
827 rotate_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int first, int last, int by) |
314 | 828 { |
25012 | 829 if (by < 0) |
830 { | |
831 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
832 by = -by; | |
833 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
834 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
835 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
836 } | |
837 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 838 { |
25012 | 839 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
840 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
841 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
842 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 843 } |
25012 | 844 } |
845 | |
846 | |
847 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
848 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
849 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
850 | |
851 void | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
852 increment_matrix_positions (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
853 EMACS_INT delta, EMACS_INT delta_bytes) |
25012 | 854 { |
855 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
856 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
857 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
858 xassert (start <= end); | |
859 | |
860 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
861 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 862 } |
863 | |
864 | |
865 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
866 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
867 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
868 | |
869 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
870 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int enabled_p) |
25012 | 871 { |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
872 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
873 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
874 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
875 |
25012 | 876 for (; start < end; ++start) |
877 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
878 } | |
879 | |
880 | |
881 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
882 | |
883 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
884 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
885 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
886 enabled_p flag. | |
887 | |
888 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
889 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
890 | |
891 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
892 clear_glyph_matrix (struct glyph_matrix *matrix) |
25012 | 893 { |
894 if (matrix) | |
314 | 895 { |
25012 | 896 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
897 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 898 } |
899 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
900 |
25012 | 901 |
902 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
903 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
904 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
905 | |
906 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
907 shift_glyph_matrix (struct window *w, struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int start, int end, int dy) |
25012 | 908 { |
909 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
910 |
25012 | 911 xassert (start <= end); |
912 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
913 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
914 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
915 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
916 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
917 |
25012 | 918 for (; start < end; ++start) |
919 { | |
920 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
921 |
25012 | 922 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
923 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
924 |
25012 | 925 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
926 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
927 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
928 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 929 } |
930 } | |
931 | |
932 | |
933 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
934 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
935 current matrix. */ | |
936 | |
937 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
938 clear_current_matrices (register struct frame *f) |
25012 | 939 { |
940 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
941 if (f->current_matrix) | |
942 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
943 | |
944 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
945 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
946 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
947 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
948 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
949 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
950 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
951 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
952 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 953 |
954 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
955 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
956 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
957 } | |
958 | |
959 | |
960 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 961 |
21514 | 962 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
963 clear_desired_matrices (register struct frame *f) |
314 | 964 { |
25012 | 965 if (f->desired_matrix) |
966 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
967 |
25012 | 968 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
969 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
970 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
971 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
972 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 973 |
974 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
975 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
976 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
977 } | |
978 | |
979 | |
980 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
981 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
982 | |
983 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
984 clear_window_matrices (struct window *w, int desired_p) |
25012 | 985 { |
986 while (w) | |
314 | 987 { |
25012 | 988 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
989 { | |
990 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
991 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
992 } | |
993 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 994 { |
25012 | 995 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
996 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
997 } | |
998 else | |
999 { | |
1000 if (desired_p) | |
1001 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1002 else | |
314 | 1003 { |
25012 | 1004 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1005 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1006 } |
25012 | 1007 } |
1008 | |
1009 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1010 } | |
1011 } | |
1012 | |
1013 | |
1014 | |
1015 /*********************************************************************** | |
1016 Glyph Rows | |
1017 | |
1018 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1019 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1020 | |
1021 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1022 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1023 structure members. */ | |
1024 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1025 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1026 |
25012 | 1027 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1028 clear_glyph_row (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1029 { |
1030 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1031 | |
1032 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1033 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1034 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1035 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1036 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1037 | |
1038 /* Clear. */ | |
1039 *row = null_row; | |
1040 | |
1041 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1042 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1043 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1044 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1045 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1046 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1047 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1048 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1049 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1050 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1051 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1052 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1053 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1054 memset (p[0], 0, (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1055 #endif |
25012 | 1056 } |
1057 | |
1058 | |
1059 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1060 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1061 | |
1062 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1063 blank_row (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row, int y) |
25012 | 1064 { |
1065 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1066 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1067 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1068 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1069 |
25012 | 1070 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1071 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1072 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1073 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1074 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1075 |
25012 | 1076 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1077 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1078 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1079 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1080 |
1081 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1082 } | |
1083 | |
1084 | |
1085 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1086 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1087 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1088 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1089 ends. */ | |
1090 | |
1091 void | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1092 increment_row_positions (struct glyph_row *row, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1093 EMACS_INT delta, EMACS_INT delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1094 { |
1095 int area, i; | |
1096 | |
1097 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1098 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1099 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1100 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1101 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1102 CHARPOS (row->start.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1103 BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) += delta_bytes; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1104 CHARPOS (row->end.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1105 BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) += delta_bytes; |
25012 | 1106 |
65003
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1107 if (!row->enabled_p) |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1108 return; |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1109 |
25012 | 1110 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ |
1111 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1112 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1113 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1114 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1115 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1116 | |
1117 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1118 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1119 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1120 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1121 } | |
1122 | |
1123 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1124 #if 0 |
25012 | 1125 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1126 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1127 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1128 | |
1129 static void | |
1130 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1131 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1132 { | |
1133 int area; | |
1134 | |
1135 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1136 { | |
1137 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1138 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1139 | |
1140 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1141 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1142 | |
1143 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1144 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1145 | |
1146 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1147 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1148 | |
1149 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1150 { | |
1151 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1152 initialization. */ | |
1153 struct glyph temp; | |
1154 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1155 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1156 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1157 ++glyph_a; | |
1158 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1159 } |
1160 } | |
1161 } | |
25012 | 1162 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1163 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1164 |
1165 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1166 | |
1167 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1168 swap_glyph_pointers (struct glyph_row *a, struct glyph_row *b) |
25012 | 1169 { |
1170 int i; | |
1171 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1172 { | |
1173 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1174 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1175 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1176 } | |
1177 } | |
1178 | |
1179 | |
1180 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1181 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1182 | |
111640
8bd4a845ba2a
* src/xfaces.c (lookup_face): Make static.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
111566
diff
changeset
|
1183 static INLINE void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1184 copy_row_except_pointers (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from) |
25012 | 1185 { |
1186 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1187 | |
1188 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1189 memcpy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); |
25012 | 1190 |
1191 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1192 *to = *from; | |
1193 | |
1194 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1195 memcpy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); |
25012 | 1196 } |
1197 | |
1198 | |
1199 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1200 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1201 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1202 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1203 | |
1204 void | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1205 copy_glyph_row_contents (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
1206 EMACS_INT delta, EMACS_INT delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1207 { |
1208 int area; | |
1209 | |
1210 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1211 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1212 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1213 | |
1214 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1215 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1216 if (from->used[area]) | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1217 memcpy (to->glyphs[area], from->glyphs[area], |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1218 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
25012 | 1219 |
1220 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1221 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1222 } |
1223 | |
1224 | |
1225 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1226 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1227 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1228 a memory leak. */ | |
1229 | |
1230 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1231 assign_row (struct glyph_row *to, struct glyph_row *from) |
25012 | 1232 { |
1233 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1234 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1235 } | |
1236 | |
1237 | |
1238 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1239 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1240 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1241 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1242 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1243 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1244 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1245 |
25012 | 1246 static int |
1247 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1248 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1249 { | |
1250 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1251 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1252 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1253 | |
1254 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1255 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1256 } | |
1257 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1258 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1259 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1260 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1261 |
25012 | 1262 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1263 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1264 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1265 | |
1266 static struct glyph_row * | |
1267 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1268 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1269 int row; | |
1270 { | |
1271 int i; | |
1272 | |
1273 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1274 | |
1275 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1276 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1277 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1278 break; | |
1279 | |
1280 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1281 } | |
1282 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1283 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1284 |
1285 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1286 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1287 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1288 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1289 | |
1290 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1291 prepare_desired_row (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1292 { |
1293 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1294 { | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1295 unsigned rp = row->reversed_p; |
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1296 |
25012 | 1297 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1298 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1299 row->reversed_p = rp; |
25012 | 1300 } |
1301 } | |
1302 | |
1303 | |
1304 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1305 | |
1306 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1307 line_hash_code (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 1308 { |
1309 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1310 |
25012 | 1311 if (row->enabled_p) |
1312 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1313 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1314 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1315 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1316 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1317 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1318 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1319 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1320 if (FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1321 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1322 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1323 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1324 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1325 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1326 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1327 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1328 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1329 } |
1330 | |
1331 return hash; | |
1332 } | |
1333 | |
1334 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1335 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1336 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1337 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1338 | |
1339 static unsigned int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1340 line_draw_cost (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int vpos) |
25012 | 1341 { |
1342 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1343 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1344 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1345 int len; | |
1346 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1347 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1348 | |
1349 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1350 if (!FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
25012 | 1351 { |
1352 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1353 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1354 --end; |
1355 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1356 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1357 if (end == beg) |
1358 return 0; | |
1359 | |
1360 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1361 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1362 ++beg; | |
1363 } | |
1364 | |
1365 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1366 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1367 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1368 len = end - beg; | |
1369 else | |
1370 { | |
1371 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1372 in LEN. */ | |
1373 len = 0; | |
1374 while (beg < end) | |
1375 { | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1376 GLYPH g; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1378 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (g, *beg); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
92387
41d029d73eac
(line_draw_cost): Fix invalid glyph check.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
92276
diff
changeset
|
1380 if (GLYPH_INVALID_P (g) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1381 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1382 len += 1; |
1383 else | |
1384 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
25012 | 1386 ++beg; |
1387 } | |
1388 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1389 |
25012 | 1390 return len; |
1391 } | |
1392 | |
1393 | |
1394 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1395 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1396 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1397 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1398 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1399 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1400 static INLINE int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1401 row_equal_p (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *a, struct glyph_row *b, int mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1402 { |
1403 if (a == b) | |
1404 return 1; | |
1405 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1406 return 0; | |
1407 else | |
1408 { | |
1409 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1410 int area; | |
1411 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1412 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1413 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1414 |
25012 | 1415 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1416 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1417 { | |
1418 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1419 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1420 |
25012 | 1421 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1422 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1423 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1424 |
25012 | 1425 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1426 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1427 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1428 |
25012 | 1429 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1430 return 0; | |
1431 } | |
1432 | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1433 if (a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1434 || a->cursor_in_fringe_p != b->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1435 || a->left_fringe_bitmap != b->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1436 || a->left_fringe_face_id != b->left_fringe_face_id |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1437 || a->right_fringe_bitmap != b->right_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1438 || a->right_fringe_face_id != b->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
1439 || a->overlay_arrow_bitmap != b->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1440 || a->exact_window_width_line_p != b->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1441 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1442 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1443 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
107636
b5cb7368c1bc
Continue work on continuation lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107624
diff
changeset
|
1444 || a->reversed_p != b->reversed_p |
25012 | 1445 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ |
1446 || a->x != b->x | |
1447 /* Different height. */ | |
1448 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1449 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1450 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1451 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1452 return 0; | |
1453 } | |
1454 | |
1455 return 1; | |
1456 } | |
1457 | |
1458 | |
314 | 1459 |
25012 | 1460 /*********************************************************************** |
1461 Glyph Pool | |
1462 | |
1463 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1464 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1465 | |
1466 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1467 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1468 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1469 | |
1470 static struct glyph_pool * | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1471 new_glyph_pool (void) |
25012 | 1472 { |
1473 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1474 | |
1475 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1476 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1477 memset (result, 0, sizeof *result); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1478 |
25012 | 1479 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1480 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1481 |
25012 | 1482 return result; |
1483 } | |
1484 | |
1485 | |
1486 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1487 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1488 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1489 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1490 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1491 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1492 | |
1493 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1494 free_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *pool) |
25012 | 1495 { |
1496 if (pool) | |
1497 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1498 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1499 --glyph_pool_count; |
1500 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1501 | |
1502 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1503 xfree (pool); | |
1504 } | |
1505 } | |
1506 | |
1507 | |
1508 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1509 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1510 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1511 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1512 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1513 | |
1514 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1515 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1516 | |
1517 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1518 realloc_glyph_pool (struct glyph_pool *pool, struct dim matrix_dim) |
25012 | 1519 { |
1520 int needed; | |
1521 int changed_p; | |
1522 | |
1523 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1524 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1525 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1526 | |
1527 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1528 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1529 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1530 { | |
1531 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1532 | |
1533 if (pool->glyphs) | |
109660
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1534 { |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1535 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1536 memset (pool->glyphs + pool->nglyphs, 0, |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1537 size - pool->nglyphs * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
85236524c2a3
Fix redisplay bugs due to uninitialized glyphs in frame glyph pool.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109573
diff
changeset
|
1538 } |
25012 | 1539 else |
1540 { | |
1541 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1542 memset (pool->glyphs, 0, size); |
25012 | 1543 } |
1544 | |
1545 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1546 } | |
1547 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1548 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1549 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1550 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1551 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1552 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1553 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
25012 | 1555 return changed_p; |
1556 } | |
1557 | |
1558 | |
1559 | |
1560 /*********************************************************************** | |
1561 Debug Code | |
1562 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1563 | |
1564 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1565 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1567 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from the debugger. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1568 XXX Maybe this should be changed to flush the current terminal instead of |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1569 stdout. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1570 */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1571 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1572 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1573 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1574 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1575 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1576 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1577 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
25012 | 1579 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1580 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1581 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1582 MATRIX. */ | |
1583 | |
1584 void | |
1585 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1586 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1587 { | |
1588 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1589 |
25012 | 1590 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1591 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1592 xassert (i == j | |
1593 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1594 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1595 } | |
1596 | |
1597 | |
1598 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1599 | |
1600 struct glyph_row * | |
1601 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1602 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1603 int row; | |
1604 { | |
1605 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1606 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1607 | |
1608 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1609 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1610 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1611 #if 0 |
25012 | 1612 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1613 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1614 |
25012 | 1615 return matrix->rows + row; |
1616 } | |
1617 | |
1618 | |
1619 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1620 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1621 nevertheless. */ | |
1622 | |
1623 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1624 window W. */ | |
1625 | |
1626 static void | |
1627 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1628 struct window *w; |
1629 { | |
25012 | 1630 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1631 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1632 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1633 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1634 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1635 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1636 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1637 |
25012 | 1638 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1639 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1640 return; | |
1641 | |
1642 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1643 | |
1644 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1645 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1646 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1647 { | |
1648 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1649 | |
1650 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1651 last_text_row = row; | |
1652 | |
1653 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1654 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1655 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1656 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1657 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->start.pos))); |
25012 | 1658 |
1659 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1660 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1661 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1662 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1663 { |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1664 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1665 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1666 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1667 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->end.pos))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1668 } |
25012 | 1669 |
1670 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1671 of next row. */ | |
1672 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1673 { | |
1674 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1675 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1676 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1677 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1678 xassert (CHARPOS (row->end.pos) == CHARPOS (next->start.pos)); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1679 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) == BYTEPOS (next->start.pos)); |
25012 | 1680 } |
1681 row = next; | |
1682 } | |
1683 | |
1684 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1685 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1686 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1687 } | |
1688 | |
1689 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1690 | |
1691 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1692 | |
1693 | |
1694 | |
1695 /********************************************************************** | |
1696 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1697 **********************************************************************/ | |
1698 | |
1699 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1700 redisplay | |
1701 | |
1702 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1703 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1704 allocated. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero means that the caller of this |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1705 function is only interested in the result matrix dimension, and |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1706 matrix adjustments should not be performed. |
25012 | 1707 |
1708 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1709 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1710 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1711 | |
1712 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1713 | |
1714 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1715 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1716 | |
1717 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1718 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1719 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1720 |
1721 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1722 function. | |
1723 | |
1724 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1725 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1726 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1727 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1728 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1729 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1730 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1731 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1732 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1733 | |
1734 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1735 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1736 necessary. | |
1737 | |
1738 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1739 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1740 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1741 windows in the sequence. | |
1742 | |
1743 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1744 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1745 | | | | | | |
1746 | | | | | |
1747 +---------+ | | result height | |
1748 | +---------+ | |
1749 | | | | |
1750 +----------+ --- | |
1751 | |
1752 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1753 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1754 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1755 | |
1756 |<---- result width -->| | |
1757 +---------+ --- | |
1758 | | | | |
1759 | | | | |
1760 +---------+--+ | | |
1761 | | | | |
1762 | | result height | |
1763 | | | |
1764 +------------+---------+ | | |
1765 | | | | |
1766 | | | | |
1767 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1768 | |
1769 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1770 allocated. */ | |
1771 | |
1772 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1773 | |
1774 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1775 size. */ | |
1776 | |
1777 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1778 | |
1779 static struct dim | |
109360
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
1780 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (Lisp_Object window, int x, int y, |
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
1781 int dim_only_p, int *window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1782 { |
1783 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1784 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1785 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1786 struct dim total; | |
1787 struct dim dim; | |
1788 struct window *w; | |
1789 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1790 | |
1791 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1792 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1793 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1794 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1795 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1796 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1797 in_horz_combination_p | |
1798 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1799 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1800 | |
1801 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1802 do |
25012 | 1803 { |
1804 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1805 | |
1806 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1807 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1808 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1809 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1810 dim_only_p, |
1811 window_change_flags); | |
1812 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1813 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1814 dim_only_p, |
1815 window_change_flags); | |
1816 else | |
1817 { | |
1818 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1819 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1820 { | |
1821 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1822 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1823 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1824 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1825 |
25012 | 1826 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1827 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1828 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1829 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1830 |
1831 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1832 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1833 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1834 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1835 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1836 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1837 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1838 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1839 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1840 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1841 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1842 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1843 | |
1844 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1845 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1846 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1847 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1848 necessary. */ | |
1849 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1850 { | |
1851 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1852 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1853 } | |
1854 } | |
1855 | |
1856 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1857 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1858 below W. */ | |
1859 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1860 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1861 else |
25012 | 1862 y += dim.height; |
1863 | |
1864 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1865 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1866 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1867 | |
1868 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1869 window = w->next; | |
1870 } | |
1871 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1872 | |
1873 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1874 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1875 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1876 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1877 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1878 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1879 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1880 { | |
1881 total.width = x - x0; | |
1882 total.height = hmax; | |
1883 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1884 else |
25012 | 1885 { |
1886 total.width = wmax; | |
1887 total.height = y - y0; | |
1888 } | |
1889 | |
1890 return total; | |
1891 } | |
1892 | |
1893 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1894 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1895 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1896 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1897 required_matrix_height (struct window *w) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1898 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1899 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1900 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1901 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1902 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1903 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1904 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
85252 | 1905 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + eabs (w->vscroll); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1906 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1907 / ch_height) * w->nrows_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1908 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1909 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1910 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1911 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1912 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1913 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1914 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1915 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1916 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1917 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1918 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1919 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1920 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1921 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1922 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1923 required_matrix_width (struct window *w) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1924 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1925 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1926 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1927 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1928 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1929 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1930 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1931 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1932 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1933 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1934 / ch_width) * w->ncols_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1935 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1936 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1937 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1938 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1939 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1940 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1941 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1942 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1943 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1944 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1945 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1946 |
25012 | 1947 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1948 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1949 |
25012 | 1950 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1951 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (struct window *w) |
25012 | 1952 { |
1953 while (w) | |
314 | 1954 { |
25012 | 1955 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1956 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 1957 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1958 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 1959 else |
314 | 1960 { |
25012 | 1961 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
1962 struct dim dim; | |
1963 | |
1964 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
1965 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 1966 { |
25012 | 1967 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
1968 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 1969 } |
25012 | 1970 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1971 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1972 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1973 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
1974 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
1975 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1976 |
25012 | 1977 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
1978 } | |
1979 } | |
1980 | |
1981 | |
1982 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
1983 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
1984 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
1985 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
1986 | |
1987 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1988 adjust_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 1989 { |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1990 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1991 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1992 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1993 |
25012 | 1994 if (f) |
1995 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
1996 else | |
1997 { | |
1998 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1999 |
25012 | 2000 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2001 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2002 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2003 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2004 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2005 } |
2006 | |
2007 | |
2008 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2009 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2010 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
25012 | 2012 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2013 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2014 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2015 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2016 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2017 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2018 | |
2019 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2020 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (void) |
25012 | 2021 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2022 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2023 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2024 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2025 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2026 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2027 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2028 |
2029 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2030 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2031 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2032 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2033 |
2034 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2035 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2036 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2037 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2038 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2039 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2040 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2041 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2042 |
25012 | 2043 |
2044 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2045 | |
2046 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2047 adjust_frame_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2048 { |
2049 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2050 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2051 else | |
2052 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2053 |
25012 | 2054 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2055 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2056 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2057 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2058 | |
2059 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2060 } | |
2061 | |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2062 /* Return 1 if any window in the tree has nonzero window margins. See |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2063 the hack at the end of adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay. */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2064 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2065 showing_window_margins_p (struct window *w) |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2066 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2067 while (w) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2068 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2069 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2070 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2071 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->hchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2072 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2073 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2074 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2075 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2076 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->vchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2077 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2078 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2079 else if (!NILP (w->left_margin_cols) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2080 || !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2081 return 1; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2083 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2084 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2085 return 0; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2086 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2087 |
25012 | 2088 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2089 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2090 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2091 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2092 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2093 fake_current_matrices (Lisp_Object window) |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2094 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2095 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2096 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2097 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2098 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2099 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2101 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2102 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2103 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2104 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2105 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2106 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2107 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2108 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2109 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2110 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2111 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2112 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2113 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2114 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2115 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2116 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2117 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2118 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2120 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2121 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2122 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2123 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2124 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2125 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2126 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2127 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2128 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2129 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2130 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2131 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2132 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2133 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2134 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2135 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2136 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2137 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2138 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2139 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2140 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2141 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2142 static struct glyph_matrix * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2143 save_current_matrix (struct frame *f) |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2144 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2145 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2146 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2147 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2148 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2149 memset (saved, 0, sizeof *saved); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2150 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2151 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2152 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2153 memset (saved->rows, 0, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2154 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2155 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2156 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2157 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2158 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2159 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2160 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2161 memcpy (to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2162 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2163 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2165 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2166 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2168 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2169 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2170 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2171 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2172 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2173 restore_current_matrix (struct frame *f, struct glyph_matrix *saved) |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2175 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2176 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2177 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2178 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2179 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2180 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2181 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2182 memcpy (to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2183 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2184 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2185 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2187 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2188 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2189 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
25012 | 2193 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2194 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2195 | |
2196 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2197 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2198 { |
2199 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2200 int pool_changed_p; | |
2201 int window_change_flags; | |
2202 int top_window_y; | |
2203 | |
2204 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2205 return; | |
2206 | |
2207 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2208 | |
2209 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2210 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2211 { | |
2212 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2213 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2214 } | |
2215 | |
2216 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2217 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2218 { | |
2219 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2220 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2221 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2222 |
25012 | 2223 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2224 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2225 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2226 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2227 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2228 matrix. */ | |
2229 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2230 matrix_dim | |
2231 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2232 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2233 1, |
25012 | 2234 &window_change_flags); |
2235 | |
2236 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2237 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2238 | |
2239 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2240 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2241 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2242 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2243 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2244 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2245 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2246 { | |
2247 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2248 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2249 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2250 &window_change_flags); |
2251 | |
2252 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2253 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2254 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2255 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2256 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2257 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2258 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2259 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2260 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2261 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2262 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2263 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2264 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2265 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2266 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2267 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2268 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2269 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2270 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2271 /* For some reason, the frame glyph matrix gets corrupted if |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2272 any of the windows contain margins. I haven't been able |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2273 to hunt down the reason, but for the moment this prevents |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2274 the problem from manifesting. -- cyd */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2275 && !showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)))) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2276 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2277 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2278 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2279 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2280 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2281 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2282 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2283 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2284 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2285 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2286 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2287 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2288 } |
25012 | 2289 } |
2290 } | |
2291 | |
2292 | |
2293 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2294 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2295 | |
2296 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2297 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2298 { |
2299 struct window *w; | |
2300 | |
2301 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2302 |
25012 | 2303 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2304 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2305 |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
2306 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
25012 | 2307 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display |
2308 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2309 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2310 { |
2311 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2312 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2313 { | |
2314 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2315 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2316 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2317 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2318 } | |
2319 else | |
2320 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2321 | |
2322 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2323 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2324 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2325 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2326 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2327 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2328 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2329 } |
73402
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2330 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */ |
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2331 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
25012 | 2332 |
49322 | 2333 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2334 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2335 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2336 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2337 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2338 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2339 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2340 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2341 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2342 } | |
2343 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2344 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2345 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2346 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2347 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2348 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2349 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2350 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2351 #endif |
25012 | 2352 } |
2353 | |
2354 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2355 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2356 |
2357 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2358 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2359 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2360 | |
2361 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2362 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2363 | |
2364 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2365 adjust_frame_message_buffer (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2366 { |
2367 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2368 | |
2369 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2370 { | |
2371 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2372 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2373 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2374 } | |
2375 else | |
2376 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2377 } | |
2378 | |
2379 | |
2380 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2381 | |
2382 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2383 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2384 { |
2385 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2386 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2387 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2388 } | |
2389 | |
2390 | |
2391 | |
2392 /********************************************************************** | |
2393 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2394 **********************************************************************/ | |
2395 | |
2396 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2397 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2398 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2399 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2400 | |
2401 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2402 free_glyphs (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2403 { |
2404 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2405 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2406 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2407 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2408 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2409 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2410 |
25012 | 2411 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2412 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2413 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2414 | |
2415 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2416 glyph matrices. */ | |
2417 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2418 { | |
2419 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2420 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2421 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2422 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2423 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2424 } | |
2425 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2426 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2427 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2428 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2429 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2430 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2431 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2432 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2433 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2434 } |
2435 | |
2436 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2437 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2438 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2439 { | |
2440 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2441 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2442 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2443 } | |
2444 | |
2445 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2446 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2447 { | |
2448 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2449 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2450 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2451 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2452 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2453 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2454 } |
2455 } | |
2456 | |
25012 | 2457 |
2458 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2459 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2460 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2461 | |
2462 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2463 free_window_matrices (struct window *w) |
25012 | 2464 { |
2465 while (w) | |
2466 { | |
2467 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2468 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2469 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2470 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2471 else |
25012 | 2472 { |
2473 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2474 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2475 W. */ | |
2476 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2477 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2478 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2479 } | |
2480 | |
2481 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2482 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2483 } | |
2484 } | |
2485 | |
2486 | |
2487 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2488 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2489 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2490 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2491 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2492 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2493 check_glyph_memory (void) |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2494 { |
25012 | 2495 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2496 | |
2497 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2498 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2499 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2500 | |
2501 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2502 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2503 abort (); | |
2504 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2505 abort (); | |
2506 } | |
2507 | |
2508 | |
2509 | |
2510 /********************************************************************** | |
2511 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2512 **********************************************************************/ | |
2513 | |
2514 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2515 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2516 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2517 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2518 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2519 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2520 window matrices in this section. | |
2521 | |
2522 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2523 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2524 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2525 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2526 | |
2527 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2528 | desired | desired | | |
2529 | | | | |
2530 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2531 | current | | |
2532 | | | |
2533 +----------------------------------+ | |
2534 | |
2535 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2536 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2537 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2538 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2539 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2540 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2541 | |
2542 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2543 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2544 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2545 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2546 |
25012 | 2547 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2548 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2549 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2550 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2551 | |
2552 This problem is solved like this: | |
2553 | |
2554 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2555 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2556 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2557 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2558 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2559 |
25012 | 2560 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2561 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2562 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2563 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2564 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2565 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2566 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2567 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2568 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2569 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2570 | |
2571 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2572 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2573 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2574 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2575 | |
2576 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2577 build_frame_matrix (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2578 { |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2579 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2580 |
25012 | 2581 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2582 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2583 |
25012 | 2584 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2585 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2586 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2587 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2588 | |
2589 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2590 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2591 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2592 } | |
2593 | |
2594 | |
2595 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2596 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2597 | |
2598 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2599 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, struct window *w) |
25012 | 2600 { |
2601 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2602 { |
25012 | 2603 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2604 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2605 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2606 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2607 else | |
2608 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2609 | |
2610 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2611 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2612 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2613 |
25012 | 2614 |
2615 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2616 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2617 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2618 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2619 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2620 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2621 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2622 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2623 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2624 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2625 | |
2626 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2627 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix, struct window *w) |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2628 { |
25012 | 2629 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2630 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2631 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2632 GLYPH right_border_glyph; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2633 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2634 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, 0); |
25012 | 2635 |
2636 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2637 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2638 { | |
2639 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2640 | |
2641 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2642 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2643 { | |
2644 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2645 Lisp_Object gc; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2646 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2647 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, '|'); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2648 if (dp |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2649 && (gc = DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2650 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2651 { |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2652 SET_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH_CODE (right_border_glyph, gc); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2653 spec_glyph_lookup_face (w, &right_border_glyph); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2654 } |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2655 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2656 if (GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph) <= 0) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2657 SET_GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); |
25012 | 2658 } |
2659 } | |
2660 else | |
2661 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2662 | |
2663 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2664 frame matrix. */ | |
2665 window_y = 0; | |
2666 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2667 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2668 { |
25012 | 2669 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2670 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2671 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2672 |
2673 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2674 window row. */ | |
2675 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2676 | |
2677 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2678 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2679 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2680 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2681 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2682 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2683 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2684 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2685 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2686 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2687 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2688 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2689 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2690 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2691 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2692 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2693 memcpy (frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2694 window_row->glyphs[0], |
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2695 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
25012 | 2696 } |
2697 else | |
2698 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2699 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2700 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2701 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2702 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2703 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2704 |
25012 | 2705 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2706 windows. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2707 if (GLYPH_CHAR (right_border_glyph) != 0) |
25012 | 2708 { |
2709 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2710 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2711 } | |
2712 | |
59902
4a0a167cb6c4
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59879
diff
changeset
|
2713 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2714 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2715 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2716 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2717 |
25012 | 2718 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2719 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2720 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2721 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2722 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2723 #endif |
25012 | 2724 } |
2725 | |
2726 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2727 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2728 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2729 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2730 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2731 | |
2732 /* Next row. */ | |
2733 ++window_y; | |
2734 ++frame_y; | |
2735 } | |
2736 } | |
2737 | |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2738 /* Given a user-specified glyph, possibly including a Lisp-level face |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2739 ID, return a glyph that has a realized face ID. |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2740 This is used for glyphs displayed specially and not part of the text; |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2741 for instance, vertical separators, truncation markers, etc. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2742 |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2743 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2744 spec_glyph_lookup_face (struct window *w, GLYPH *glyph) |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2745 { |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2746 int lface_id = GLYPH_FACE (*glyph); |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2747 /* Convert the glyph's specified face to a realized (cache) face. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2748 if (lface_id > 0) |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2749 { |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2750 int face_id = merge_faces (XFRAME (w->frame), |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2751 Qt, lface_id, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2752 SET_GLYPH_FACE (*glyph, face_id); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2753 } |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2754 } |
25012 | 2755 |
2756 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2757 | |
2758 Each row has the form: | |
2759 | |
2760 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2761 | left | text | right | | |
2762 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2763 | |
2764 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2765 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2766 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2767 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2768 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2769 | |
2770 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2771 | |
2772 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2773 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row) |
25012 | 2774 { |
2775 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2776 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2777 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2778 } | |
2779 | |
2780 | |
2781 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2782 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2783 | |
2784 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2785 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row, int area) |
25012 | 2786 { |
2787 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2788 { | |
2789 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2790 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2791 | |
2792 while (text < end) | |
2793 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2794 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2795 } | |
2796 } | |
2797 | |
2798 | |
2799 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2800 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2801 | |
2802 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2803 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (struct glyph_row *row, int upto) |
25012 | 2804 { |
2805 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2806 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2807 |
25012 | 2808 while (i < upto) |
2809 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2810 | |
2811 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2812 } | |
2813 | |
2814 | |
2815 | |
2816 /********************************************************************** | |
2817 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2818 **********************************************************************/ | |
2819 | |
2820 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2821 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2822 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2823 | |
2824 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2825 set_frame_matrix_frame (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 2826 { |
2827 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2828 } | |
2829 | |
2830 | |
2831 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2832 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2833 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2834 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2835 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2836 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2837 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2838 | |
2839 static INLINE void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2840 make_current (struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix, int row) |
25012 | 2841 { |
2842 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2843 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2844 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2845 |
2846 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2847 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2848 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2849 | |
2850 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2851 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2852 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2853 |
2854 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2855 for window matrices. */ | |
2856 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2857 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2858 } | |
2859 | |
2860 | |
2861 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2862 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2863 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2864 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2865 | |
2866 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2867 mirror_make_current (struct window *w, int frame_row) |
25012 | 2868 { |
2869 while (w) | |
2870 { | |
2871 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2872 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2873 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2874 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2875 else | |
2876 { | |
2877 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2878 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2879 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2880 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2881 | |
2882 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2883 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2884 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2885 { |
25012 | 2886 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2887 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2888 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2889 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2890 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2891 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2892 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2893 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2894 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2895 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
111339
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2896 |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2897 /* Set the Y coordinate of the mode/header line's row. |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2898 It is needed in draw_row_with_mouse_face to find the |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2899 screen coordinates. (Window-based redisplay sets |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2900 this in update_window, but no one seems to do that |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2901 for frame-based redisplay.) */ |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2902 if (current_row->mode_line_p) |
e302712538dc
Unify mouse highlight code of MSDOS and GUI sessions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111163
diff
changeset
|
2903 current_row->y = row; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2904 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2905 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2906 |
25012 | 2907 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2908 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2909 } |
25012 | 2910 |
2911 | |
2912 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2913 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2914 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2915 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2916 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2917 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2918 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2919 | |
2920 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2921 |
25012 | 2922 void |
109360
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
2923 mirrored_line_dance (struct glyph_matrix *matrix, int unchanged_at_top, int nlines, |
f37b85834f7e
Convert more function definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109179
diff
changeset
|
2924 int *copy_from, char *retained_p) |
25012 | 2925 { |
2926 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2927 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2928 | |
2929 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2930 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2931 |
25012 | 2932 int i; |
2933 | |
2934 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2935 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2936 memcpy (old_rows, new_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); |
25012 | 2937 |
2938 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2939 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2940 { | |
2941 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2942 | |
2943 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2944 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2945 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2946 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2947 | |
2948 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
2949 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
2950 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
2951 } | |
2952 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2953 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 2954 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
2955 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
2956 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
2957 } | |
2958 | |
2959 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2960 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2961 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2962 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2963 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2964 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (struct window *w) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2965 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2966 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2967 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
2968 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2969 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2970 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2971 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2972 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2973 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2974 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2975 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2976 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2977 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2978 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2979 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2980 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2981 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2982 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2983 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2984 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2985 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2986 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2987 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2988 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2989 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2990 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2991 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
2992 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2993 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2994 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2995 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2996 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2997 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2998 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2999 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3000 struct window * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3001 frame_row_to_window (struct window *w, int row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3002 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3003 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3004 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3005 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3006 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3007 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3008 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3009 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3010 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3011 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3012 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3013 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3014 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3017 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3018 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3019 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3020 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
25012 | 3022 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3023 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3024 | |
3025 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3026 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3027 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3028 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3029 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3030 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3031 which is empty. */ | |
3032 | |
3033 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3034 mirror_line_dance (struct window *w, int unchanged_at_top, int nlines, int *copy_from, char *retained_p) |
25012 | 3035 { |
3036 while (w) | |
3037 { | |
3038 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3039 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3040 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3041 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3042 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3043 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3044 else | |
3045 { | |
3046 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3047 matrix m. */ | |
3048 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3049 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3050 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3051 | |
3052 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3053 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
3054 memcpy (old_rows, m->rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); |
25012 | 3055 |
3056 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3057 { | |
3058 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3059 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3060 |
25012 | 3061 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3062 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3063 |
25012 | 3064 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3065 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3066 |
25012 | 3067 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3068 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3069 |
25012 | 3070 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3071 int from_inside_window_p | |
3072 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3073 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3074 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3075 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3076 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3077 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3078 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3079 { |
3080 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3081 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3082 |
25012 | 3083 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3084 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3085 that. */ | |
3086 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3087 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3088 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3089 |
25012 | 3090 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3091 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3092 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3093 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3094 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3095 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3096 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3097 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3098 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3099 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3100 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3101 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3102 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3103 |
60684
18bf961ed63a
(mirror_line_dance): Set W2 according to FRAME_FROM.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59905
diff
changeset
|
3104 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_from); |
61416
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3105 /* ttn@surf.glug.org: when enabling menu bar using `emacs |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3106 -nw', FROM_FRAME sometimes has no associated window. |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3107 This check avoids a segfault if W2 is null. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3108 if (w2) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3109 { |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3110 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3111 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3112 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3113 m2->rows + m2_from); |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3114 |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3115 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3116 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3117 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3118 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3119 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3120 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3121 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3122 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3123 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3124 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3125 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3126 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3127 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3128 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3129 |
25012 | 3130 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3131 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3132 } | |
3133 | |
3134 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3135 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3136 } | |
3137 } | |
3138 | |
3139 | |
3140 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3141 | |
3142 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3143 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3144 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3145 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3146 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3147 |
21514 | 3148 void |
25012 | 3149 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3150 struct window *w; |
3151 { | |
25012 | 3152 while (w) |
3153 { | |
3154 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3155 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3156 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3157 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3158 else | |
3159 { | |
3160 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3161 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3162 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3163 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3164 |
25012 | 3165 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3166 } | |
3167 } | |
3168 | |
3169 | |
3170 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3171 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3172 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3173 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3174 | |
3175 static void | |
3176 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3177 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3178 { | |
3179 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3180 int i = 0; | |
3181 | |
3182 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3183 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3184 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3185 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3186 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3187 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3188 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3189 { | |
3190 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3191 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3192 abort (); | |
3193 ++i, ++j; | |
3194 } | |
3195 } | |
3196 | |
3197 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3198 | |
3199 | |
3200 | |
3201 /********************************************************************** | |
3202 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3203 **********************************************************************/ | |
3204 | |
3205 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3206 | |
3207 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3208 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3209 | |
3210 static int | |
3211 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3212 struct window *w; | |
3213 int vpos; | |
3214 { | |
3215 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3216 |
25012 | 3217 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3218 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3219 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3220 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3221 return vpos; |
3222 } | |
3223 | |
3224 | |
3225 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3226 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3227 |
3228 static int | |
3229 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3230 struct window *w; | |
3231 int hpos; | |
3232 { | |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3233 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3234 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3235 return hpos; |
314 | 3236 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3237 |
25012 | 3238 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3239 | |
3240 | |
314 | 3241 |
25012 | 3242 /********************************************************************** |
3243 Redrawing Frames | |
3244 **********************************************************************/ | |
3245 | |
3246 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3247 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
3248 (Lisp_Object frame) |
25012 | 3249 { |
3250 struct frame *f; | |
3251 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3252 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3253 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3254 | |
3255 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3256 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3257 called so early here). */ | |
3258 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3259 return Qnil; | |
3260 | |
3261 update_begin (f); | |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3262 #ifdef MSDOS |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3263 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
97646
fab72f02d115
(init_display): Remove MS-DOS specific conditions for calling
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97142
diff
changeset
|
3264 FRAME_TERMINAL (f)->set_terminal_modes_hook (FRAME_TERMINAL (f)); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3265 #endif |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
3266 clear_frame (f); |
25012 | 3267 clear_current_matrices (f); |
3268 update_end (f); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3269 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3270 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
25012 | 3271 windows_or_buffers_changed++; |
3272 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3273 its redisplay done. */ | |
3274 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3275 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3276 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3277 return Qnil; | |
3278 } | |
3279 | |
3280 | |
3281 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3282 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3283 | |
3284 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3285 redraw_frame (struct frame *f) |
25012 | 3286 { |
3287 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3288 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3289 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3290 } | |
3291 | |
3292 | |
3293 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3294 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
3295 (void) |
25012 | 3296 { |
3297 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3298 | |
3299 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3300 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3301 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3302 | |
3303 return Qnil; | |
3304 } | |
3305 | |
3306 | |
3307 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3308 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3309 | |
3310 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3311 redraw_garbaged_frames (void) |
25012 | 3312 { |
3313 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3314 | |
3315 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3316 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3317 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3318 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3319 } | |
3320 | |
3321 | |
3322 | |
3323 /*********************************************************************** | |
3324 Frame Update | |
3325 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3326 | |
3327 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3328 | |
3329 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3330 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3331 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3332 |
25012 | 3333 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3334 |
3335 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3336 update_frame (struct frame *f, int force_p, int inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
25012 | 3337 { |
3338 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3339 int paused_p; | |
3340 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3341 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3342 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3343 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3344 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3345 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3346 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3347 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3348 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3349 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3350 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3351 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3352 |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3353 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3354 { |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3355 paused_p = 1; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3356 goto do_pause; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3357 } |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3358 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3359 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3360 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3361 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3362 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3363 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3364 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3365 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3366 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3367 |
25012 | 3368 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3369 { | |
3370 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3371 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3372 | |
3373 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3374 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3375 | |
3376 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3377 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3378 update_begin (f); | |
3379 | |
3380 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3381 support. */ | |
3382 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3383 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3384 | |
3385 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3386 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3387 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3388 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3389 |
3390 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3391 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3392 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3393 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3394 |
25012 | 3395 update_window (w, 1); |
3396 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3397 | |
3398 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3399 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3400 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3401 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3402 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3403 } |
3404 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3405 |
25012 | 3406 |
3407 /* Update windows. */ | |
3408 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3409 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3410 |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3411 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
83037 | 3412 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway (in general). |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3413 It is necessary when resizing the window with the mouse, or |
83037 | 3414 at least the fringes are not redrawn in a timely manner. ++kfs */ |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3415 if (f->force_flush_display_p) |
83037 | 3416 { |
3417 FRAME_RIF (f)->flush_display (f); | |
3418 f->force_flush_display_p = 0; | |
3419 } | |
25012 | 3420 } |
3421 else | |
3422 { | |
3423 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3424 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3425 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3426 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3427 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3428 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3429 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3430 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3431 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3432 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3433 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3434 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3435 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3436 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3437 if (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript) |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3438 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript); |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3439 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3440 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3441 } |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3442 |
25012 | 3443 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3444 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3445 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3446 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3447 #endif |
25012 | 3448 } |
3449 | |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
3450 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3451 do_pause: |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
3452 #endif |
25012 | 3453 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ |
3454 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3455 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3456 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3457 return paused_p; |
3458 } | |
3459 | |
3460 | |
3461 | |
3462 /************************************************************************ | |
3463 Window-based updates | |
3464 ************************************************************************/ | |
3465 | |
3466 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3467 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3468 | |
3469 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3470 update_window_tree (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3471 { |
3472 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3473 |
25012 | 3474 while (w && !paused_p) |
3475 { | |
3476 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3477 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3478 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3479 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3480 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3481 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3482 | |
3483 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3484 } | |
3485 | |
3486 return paused_p; | |
3487 } | |
3488 | |
3489 | |
3490 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3491 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3492 | |
3493 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3494 update_single_window (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3495 { |
3496 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3497 { | |
3498 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3499 | |
3500 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3501 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3502 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3503 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3504 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3505 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3506 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3507 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3508 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3509 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3510 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3511 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3512 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3513 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3514 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3515 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3516 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3517 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3518 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3519 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3520 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3521 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3522 |
25012 | 3523 /* Update W. */ |
3524 update_begin (f); | |
3525 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3526 update_end (f); | |
3527 | |
3528 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3529 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3530 } | |
3531 } | |
3532 | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3533 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
25012 | 3534 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3535 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3536 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3537 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3538 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3539 redraw_overlapped_rows (struct window *w, int yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3540 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3541 int i; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3542 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3543 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3544 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3545 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3546 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3547 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3548 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3549 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3550 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3551 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3552 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3553 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3554 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3555 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3556 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3557 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3558 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3559 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3560 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3561 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3562 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3563 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3564 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3565 updated_area = area; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3566 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3567 area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3568 if (row->used[area]) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3569 FRAME_RIF (f)->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3570 row->used[area]); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3571 FRAME_RIF (f)->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3572 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3574 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3575 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3576 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3577 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3578 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3579 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3580 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3581 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3582 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3583 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3584 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3585 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3586 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3587 redraw_overlapping_rows (struct window *w, int yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3588 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3589 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3590 struct glyph_row *row; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3591 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3592 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3593 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3594 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3595 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3596 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3597 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3598 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3599 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3600 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3601 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3602 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3603 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3604 if (row->overlapping_p) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3605 { |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3606 int overlaps = 0; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3607 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3608 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row) && i > 0 |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3609 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3610 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_PRED; |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3611 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row) && bottom_y < yb |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3612 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3613 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_SUCC; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3614 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3615 if (overlaps) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3616 { |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3617 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3618 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3619 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3620 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3621 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3622 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3623 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3624 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3625 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3626 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3627 their display. */ |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3628 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_PRED) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3629 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3630 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_SUCC) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3631 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3632 } |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3633 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3634 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3635 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3636 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3637 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3638 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3639 |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3640 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3641 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3642 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3643 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3644 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3645 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3646 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3647 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3648 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3649 check_current_matrix_flags (struct window *w) |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3650 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3651 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3652 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3653 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3654 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3655 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3656 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3657 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3658 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3659 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3660 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3661 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3662 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3663 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3664 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3665 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3666 |
25012 | 3667 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
3668 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
3669 | |
3670 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3671 update_window (struct window *w, int force_p) |
25012 | 3672 { |
3673 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
3674 int paused_p; | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3675 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
25012 | 3676 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3677 #endif |
83241
3dcba0bc766b
Merged in changes from CVS trunk. (Long time no see!) :-)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
diff
changeset
|
3678 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3679 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 3680 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3681 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)))); |
59879
aaf00c303308
* dispnew.c (update_window): Fixing compile error due to
Steven Tamm <steventamm@mac.com>
parents:
59592
diff
changeset
|
3682 #endif |
25012 | 3683 |
3684 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3685 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3686 if (!force_p) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3687 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3688 #endif |
25012 | 3689 |
3690 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
3691 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3692 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 3693 { |
3694 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
3695 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3696 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3697 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 3698 |
3699 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3700 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
3701 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3702 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3703 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 3704 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
3705 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3706 |
25012 | 3707 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3708 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3709 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3710 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3711 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3712 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3713 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 3714 |
3715 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
3716 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
3717 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
3718 { | |
3719 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
3720 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3721 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3722 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3723 } |
3724 | |
3725 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
3726 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
3727 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
3728 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
3729 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3730 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
3731 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 3732 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3733 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3734 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3735 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3736 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3737 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3738 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3739 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3740 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3741 else if (rc > 0) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3742 { |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3743 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3744 force_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3745 changed_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3746 } |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3747 } |
25012 | 3748 |
3749 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3750 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
3751 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 3752 { |
3753 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
3754 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3755 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3756 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 3757 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
3758 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
3759 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3760 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3761 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3762 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3763 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3764 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3765 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3766 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3767 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3768 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3769 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3770 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3771 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3772 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3773 #else |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3774 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3775 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3776 #endif |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3777 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3778 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3779 |
3780 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
3781 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
3782 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
3783 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
3784 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
3785 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
3786 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
3787 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
3788 in the first redisplay. */ | |
3789 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
3790 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
3791 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
3792 } | |
3793 | |
3794 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
3795 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3796 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3797 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3798 |
54176
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3799 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3800 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3801 that can be scrolled. */ |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3802 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3803 { |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3804 header_line_row->y = 0; |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3805 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3806 } |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3807 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3808 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 3809 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
3810 { | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3811 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3812 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3813 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3814 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3815 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3816 } |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3817 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3818 |
25012 | 3819 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
3820 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
3821 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3822 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3823 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 3824 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
3825 #endif | |
3826 } | |
3827 | |
3828 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3829 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
3830 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
3831 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3832 |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3833 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3834 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3835 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3836 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3837 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3838 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3839 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3840 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3841 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3842 } |
3843 else | |
3844 paused_p = 1; | |
3845 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3846 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
3847 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3848 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3849 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3850 |
25012 | 3851 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3852 |
25012 | 3853 return paused_p; |
3854 } | |
3855 | |
3856 | |
3857 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
3858 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
3859 | |
3860 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3861 update_marginal_area (struct window *w, int area, int vpos) |
25012 | 3862 { |
3863 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3864 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 3865 |
3866 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3867 will be relative to. */ | |
3868 updated_area = area; | |
3869 | |
3870 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
3871 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
3872 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
3873 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
3874 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
3875 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
3876 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
3877 } | |
3878 | |
3879 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3880 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3881 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3882 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3883 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3884 update_text_area (struct window *w, int vpos) |
314 | 3885 { |
25012 | 3886 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
3887 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3888 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3889 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 3890 |
3891 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
3892 will be relative to. */ | |
3893 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3894 |
25012 | 3895 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
3896 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
3897 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
3898 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
3899 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3900 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3901 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 3902 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3903 || current_row->overlapped_p |
75371
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3904 /* This next line is necessary for correctly redrawing |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3905 mouse-face areas after scrolling and other operations. |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3906 However, it causes excessive flickering when mouse is moved |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
3907 across the mode line. Luckily, turning it off for the mode |
76069
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3908 line doesn't seem to hurt anything. -- cyd. |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3909 But it is still needed for the header line. -- kfs. */ |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3910 || (current_row->mouse_face_p |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
3911 && !(current_row->mode_line_p && vpos > 0)) |
25012 | 3912 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
3913 { | |
3914 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3915 |
25012 | 3916 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3917 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
3918 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3919 |
25012 | 3920 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
3921 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3923 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3924 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3925 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3926 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3927 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3928 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3929 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3930 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3931 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
3932 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 3933 } |
3934 else | |
3935 { | |
3936 int stop, i, x; | |
3937 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3938 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3939 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3940 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3941 int abort_skipping = 0; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3942 |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3943 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, and |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3944 unless the current row also does so at the same position, |
25012 | 3945 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face |
3946 extension actually takes place. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3947 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3948 && (desired_stop_pos < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3949 || (desired_stop_pos == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3950 && !MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)))) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
3951 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3952 |
25012 | 3953 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
3954 i = 0; | |
3955 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3956 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3957 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
3958 in common. */ |
25012 | 3959 while (i < stop) |
3960 { | |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3961 int can_skip_p = !abort_skipping; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3962 |
25012 | 3963 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3964 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3965 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3966 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3967 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3968 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3969 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3970 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3971 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 3972 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3973 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3974 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3975 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3976 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
3977 &left, &right); |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3978 can_skip_p = (right == 0 && !abort_skipping); |
25012 | 3979 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3980 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3981 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 3982 { |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3983 int start_hpos = i; |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
3984 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3985 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3986 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3987 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3988 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3989 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3990 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3992 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3993 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3994 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3995 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3996 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3997 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
3998 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3999 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4000 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4001 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4002 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4003 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4004 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4005 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4006 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4007 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4008 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4009 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4010 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4011 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4012 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4013 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4014 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4015 } |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4016 |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4017 /* Abort the skipping algorithm if we end up before |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4018 our starting point, to avoid looping (bug#1070). |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4019 This can happen when the lbearing is larger than |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4020 the pixel width. */ |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4021 abort_skipping = (i < start_hpos); |
25012 | 4022 } |
4023 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4024 |
25012 | 4025 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4026 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4027 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4028 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4029 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4030 { | |
4031 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4032 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4033 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4034 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4035 |
25012 | 4036 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4037 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4038 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4039 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4040 && x == current_x) |
4041 { | |
4042 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4043 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4044 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4045 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4046 } |
4047 | |
4048 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4049 { | |
4050 i = start_hpos; | |
4051 x = start_x; | |
4052 desired_glyph = start; | |
4053 break; | |
4054 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4055 |
25012 | 4056 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4057 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4058 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4059 } |
4060 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4061 |
25012 | 4062 /* Write the rest. */ |
4063 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4064 { | |
4065 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4066 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4067 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4068 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4069 |
25012 | 4070 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4071 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4072 { | |
4073 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4074 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4075 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4076 appropriately above. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4077 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4078 || ((desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4079 == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4080 && MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row))); |
25012 | 4081 } |
4082 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4083 { | |
4084 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4085 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4086 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4087 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4088 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4089 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4090 } |
4091 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4092 { | |
4093 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4094 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4095 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4096 |
25012 | 4097 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4098 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4099 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4100 |
4101 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4102 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4103 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4104 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4105 this way. */ | |
4106 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4107 && (desired_row->reversed_p |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4108 ? (w->phys_cursor.hpos < 0) |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4109 : (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]))) |
25012 | 4110 { |
4111 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4112 x = -1; | |
4113 } | |
4114 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4115 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4116 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4117 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4118 } |
4119 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4120 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4121 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4122 } |
4123 | |
4124 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4125 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4126 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4127 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4128 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4129 update_window_line (struct window *w, int vpos, int *mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4130 { |
4131 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4132 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4133 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4134 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4135 |
4136 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4137 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4138 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4139 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4140 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4141 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4142 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4143 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4144 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4145 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4146 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4147 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4148 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4149 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4150 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4151 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4152 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4153 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4154 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4155 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4156 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4157 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4158 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4159 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4160 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4161 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4162 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4163 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4164 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4165 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4166 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4167 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4168 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4169 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4170 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4171 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4172 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4173 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4174 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4175 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4176 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4177 || desired_row->cursor_in_fringe_p != current_row->cursor_in_fringe_p |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4178 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap != current_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4179 || current_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4180 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4181 || desired_row->exact_window_width_line_p != current_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4182 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4183 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4184 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4185 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4186 |
25012 | 4187 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4188 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4189 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4190 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4191 } |
4192 | |
4193 | |
4194 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4195 be called from update_window. */ | |
4196 | |
4197 static void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4198 set_window_cursor_after_update (struct window *w) |
25012 | 4199 { |
4200 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4201 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (f); |
25012 | 4202 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; |
4203 | |
4204 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4205 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4206 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4207 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4208 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4209 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4210 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4211 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4212 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4213 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4214 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4215 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4216 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4217 { | |
4218 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4219 | |
4220 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4221 { | |
4222 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4223 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4224 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4225 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4226 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4227 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4228 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4229 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4230 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4231 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4232 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4233 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4234 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4235 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4236 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4237 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4238 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4239 ++row; |
25012 | 4240 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4241 |
25012 | 4242 if (last_row) |
4243 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4244 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4245 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4246 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4247 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4248 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4249 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4250 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4251 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4252 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4253 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4254 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4255 |
25012 | 4256 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4257 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4258 } |
4259 } | |
4260 } | |
4261 else | |
4262 { | |
4263 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4264 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4265 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4266 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4267 } | |
4268 | |
4269 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4270 hpos = max (-1, hpos); /* -1 is for when cursor is on the left fringe */ |
25012 | 4271 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); |
4272 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4273 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4274 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4275 } | |
4276 | |
4277 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4278 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4279 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4280 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4281 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4282 set_window_update_flags (struct window *w, int on_p) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4283 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4284 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4285 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4286 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4287 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4288 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4289 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4290 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4291 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4292 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4293 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4294 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4295 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4296 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4297 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4298 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4299 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4300 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4301 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4302 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4303 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4304 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4305 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4306 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4307 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4308 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4309 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4310 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4311 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4312 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4313 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4314 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4315 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4316 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4317 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4318 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4319 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4320 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4321 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4322 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4323 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4324 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4325 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4326 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4327 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4328 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4329 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4330 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4331 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4332 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4333 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4334 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4335 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4336 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4337 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4338 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4339 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4340 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4341 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4342 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4343 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4344 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4345 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4346 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4347 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4349 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4350 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4351 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4352 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4353 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4354 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4355 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4356 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4357 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4358 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4359 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4360 add_row_entry (struct window *w, struct glyph_row *row) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4361 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4362 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4363 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4364 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4365 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4366 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4367 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4368 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4369 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4370 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4371 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4372 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4373 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4374 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4375 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4376 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4377 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4378 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4379 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4380 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4381 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4382 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4383 |
25012 | 4384 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4385 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4386 |
4387 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4388 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4389 O(N) time. | |
4390 | |
4391 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4392 | |
4393 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4394 | |
4395 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4396 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4397 | |
4398 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4399 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4400 | |
4401 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4402 forward and backward. | |
4403 | |
4404 Value is | |
4405 | |
4406 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4407 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4408 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4409 | |
4410 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4411 scrolling_window (struct window *w, int header_line_p) |
25012 | 4412 { |
4413 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4414 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4415 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4416 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4417 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4418 struct row_entry *entry; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4419 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4420 |
4421 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4422 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4423 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4424 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4425 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4426 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4427 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4428 && d->enabled_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4429 && !d->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4430 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4431 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4432 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4433 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4434 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4435 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4436 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4437 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4438 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4439 break; |
25012 | 4440 } |
4441 | |
4442 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4443 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4444 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4445 |
25012 | 4446 first_old = first_new = i; |
4447 | |
4448 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4449 desired matrix. */ | |
4450 i = first_new + 1; | |
4451 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4452 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4453 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4454 ++i; |
4455 | |
4456 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4457 return 0; | |
4458 | |
4459 last_new = i; | |
4460 | |
4461 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4462 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4463 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4464 disabled. */ | |
4465 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4466 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4467 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4468 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4469 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4470 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4471 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4472 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4473 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4474 |
25012 | 4475 last_old = i; |
4476 | |
4477 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4478 i = last_new; | |
4479 j = last_old; | |
4480 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4481 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4482 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4483 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4484 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4485 && !MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
25012 | 4486 && row_equal_p (w, |
4487 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4488 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4489 --i, --j; |
4490 last_new = i; | |
4491 last_old = j; | |
4492 | |
4493 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4494 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4495 return 0; | |
4496 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4497 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4498 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4499 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4500 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4501 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4502 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4503 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4504 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4505 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4506 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4507 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4508 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4509 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4510 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4511 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4512 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4513 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4514 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4515 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4516 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4517 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4518 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
109165
750db9f3e6d8
Replace bcopy, bzero, bcmp by memcpy, memmove, memset, memcmp
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
4519 memset (row_table, 0, nbytes); |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4520 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4521 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4522 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4523 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4524 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4525 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4526 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4527 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4528 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4529 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4530 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4531 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4532 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4533 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4534 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4535 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4536 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4537 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4538 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4539 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4540 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4541 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4542 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4543 |
25012 | 4544 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4545 { | |
4546 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4547 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4548 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4549 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4550 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4551 } |
4552 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4553 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4554 } |
4555 | |
4556 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4557 { | |
4558 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4559 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4560 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4561 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4562 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4563 } |
4564 | |
4565 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4566 in both matrices. */ | |
4567 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4568 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4569 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4570 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4571 { |
4572 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4573 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4574 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4575 |
4576 /* Record move. */ | |
4577 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4578 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4579 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4580 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4581 run->nrows = 1; | |
4582 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4583 | |
4584 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4585 j = i - 1; | |
4586 k = new_line - 1; | |
4587 while (j > first_old | |
4588 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4589 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4590 { |
4591 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4592 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4593 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4594 ++run->nrows; |
4595 run->height += h; | |
4596 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4597 run->current_y -= h; | |
4598 --j, --k; | |
4599 } | |
4600 | |
4601 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4602 j = i + 1; | |
4603 k = new_line + 1; | |
4604 while (j < last_old | |
4605 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4606 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4607 { |
4608 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4609 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4610 run->height += h; |
4611 ++j, ++k; | |
4612 } | |
4613 | |
4614 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4615 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4616 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4617 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4618 case. */ | |
4619 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4620 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4621 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4622 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4623 runs[j] = run; | |
4624 ++nruns; | |
4625 | |
4626 i += run->nrows; | |
4627 } | |
4628 else | |
4629 ++i; | |
4630 | |
4631 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4632 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4633 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4634 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4635 | |
4636 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4637 | A | | B | | |
4638 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4639 | B | | A | | |
4640 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4641 | |
4642 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4643 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4644 | |
4645 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4646 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4647 { | |
4648 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4649 | |
4650 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4651 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4652 { | |
4653 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4654 | |
4655 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4656 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4657 { | |
4658 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4659 |
25012 | 4660 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
4661 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4662 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4663 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4664 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4665 p->nrows = 0; | |
4666 } | |
4667 } | |
4668 | |
4669 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4670 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4671 { | |
4672 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4673 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4674 |
25012 | 4675 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4676 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4677 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4678 if (!from->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4679 && (to->left_fringe_bitmap != from->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4680 || to->right_fringe_bitmap != from->right_fringe_bitmap |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4681 || to->left_fringe_face_id != from->left_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4682 || to->right_fringe_face_id != from->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4683 || to->overlay_arrow_bitmap != from->overlay_arrow_bitmap)) |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4684 from->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
25012 | 4685 assign_row (to, from); |
4686 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4687 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4688 } |
4689 } | |
4690 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4695 /* Value is > 0 to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4696 return nruns; |
25012 | 4697 } |
4698 | |
4699 | |
4700 | |
4701 /************************************************************************ | |
4702 Frame-Based Updates | |
4703 ************************************************************************/ | |
4704 | |
4705 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
4706 | |
4707 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
4708 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4709 should not be tried. | |
4710 | |
4711 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4712 | |
4713 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4714 update_frame_1 (struct frame *f, int force_p, int inhibit_id_p) |
25012 | 4715 { |
4716 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
4717 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
4718 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
4719 int i; | |
314 | 4720 int pause; |
4721 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
25012 | 4722 |
4723 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 4724 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4725 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4726 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4727 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4728 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4729 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4730 |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4731 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4732 if (!force_p && detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
314 | 4733 { |
4734 pause = 1; | |
4735 goto do_pause; | |
4736 } | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4737 #endif |
314 | 4738 |
25012 | 4739 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4740 if (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
25012 | 4741 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4742 |
493 | 4743 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 4744 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
4745 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
4746 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 4747 break; |
4748 | |
4749 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 4750 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
4751 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 4752 |
4753 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 4754 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
4755 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
4756 | |
4757 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
4758 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 4759 { |
25012 | 4760 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4761 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4762 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 4763 { |
4764 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
4765 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
4766 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
4767 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4768 FILE *display_output = FRAME_TTY (f)->output; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4769 if (display_output) |
314 | 4770 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4771 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4772 if (outq > 900 |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4773 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) |
314 | 4774 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4775 fflush (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4776 if (preempt_count == 1) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4777 { |
554 | 4778 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4779 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4780 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4781 the outq count. */ |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4782 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (FRAME_TTY (f->output)); |
314 | 4783 #endif |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4784 outq *= 10; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4785 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4786 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4787 } |
314 | 4788 } |
4789 } | |
4790 } | |
4791 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4792 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4793 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4794 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4795 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4796 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4797 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4798 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4799 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4800 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4801 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4802 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4803 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4804 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4805 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4806 if (!force_p && (i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
4807 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4808 #endif |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4809 |
25012 | 4810 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 4811 } |
4812 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4813 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4814 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 4815 |
4816 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
4817 if (!pause) | |
4818 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4819 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 4820 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4821 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 4822 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4823 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4824 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4825 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4826 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 4827 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4828 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
4829 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 4830 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4831 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4832 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4833 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4834 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4835 { |
25012 | 4836 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4837 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4838 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4839 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4840 } |
708 | 4841 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4842 { |
25012 | 4843 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
4844 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
4845 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
4846 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4847 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4848 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4849 { |
25012 | 4850 --row; |
4851 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4852 |
25012 | 4853 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
4854 { | |
4855 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
4856 must be ignored here. */ | |
4857 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
4858 row); | |
4859 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4860 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4861 | |
4862 while (last > start | |
4863 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
4864 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4865 |
25012 | 4866 col = last - start; |
4867 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4868 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4869 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4870 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4871 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4872 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4873 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4874 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4875 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4876 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4877 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4878 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4879 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4880 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
4881 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
4882 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4883 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4884 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
4885 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
4886 cursor_to (f, row, col); |
708 | 4887 } |
314 | 4888 else |
25012 | 4889 { |
4890 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
4891 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
4892 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4893 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4894 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4895 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4896 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4897 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
4898 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4899 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 4900 { |
4901 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
4902 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
4903 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4904 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4905 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4906 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4907 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
4908 cursor_to (f, y, x); |
25012 | 4909 } |
4910 } | |
314 | 4911 } |
4912 | |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
4913 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
314 | 4914 do_pause: |
111997
a5a188ddc758
Minor clean up to silence some gcc warnings.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
111640
diff
changeset
|
4915 #endif |
314 | 4916 |
25012 | 4917 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 4918 return pause; |
4919 } | |
4920 | |
25012 | 4921 |
4922 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 4923 |
21514 | 4924 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4925 scrolling (struct frame *frame) |
314 | 4926 { |
4927 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
4928 int window_size; | |
4929 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4930 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4931 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4932 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4933 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 4934 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4935 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 4936 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
4937 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
4938 | |
4939 if (!current_matrix) | |
4940 abort (); | |
4941 | |
4942 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
4943 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
4944 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 4945 changed_lines = 0; |
4946 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4947 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4948 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 4949 { |
4950 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 4951 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4952 return 0; |
25012 | 4953 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
4954 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4955 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4956 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4957 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4958 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4959 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4960 } |
314 | 4961 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4962 { |
25012 | 4963 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
4964 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
4965 } |
314 | 4966 |
4967 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
4968 { | |
4969 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4970 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 4971 } |
4972 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
4973 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 4974 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 4975 } |
4976 | |
4977 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4978 if ((!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
4979 && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4980 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 4981 return 1; |
4982 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4983 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 4984 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
4985 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4986 if (FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame)) |
314 | 4987 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4988 else if (FRAME_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (frame)) |
314 | 4989 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
4990 | |
4991 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 4992 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4993 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
4994 && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 4995 && (window_size >= |
4996 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4997 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 4998 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
4999 return 0; | |
5000 | |
25012 | 5001 if (window_size < 2) |
5002 return 0; | |
5003 | |
764 | 5004 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5005 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5006 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5007 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5008 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5009 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5010 | |
5011 return 0; | |
5012 } | |
25012 | 5013 |
5014 | |
5015 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5016 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5017 | |
5018 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5019 count_blanks (struct glyph *r, int len) |
314 | 5020 { |
25012 | 5021 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5022 |
25012 | 5023 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5024 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5025 break; | |
5026 | |
5027 return i; | |
314 | 5028 } |
25012 | 5029 |
5030 | |
5031 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5032 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5033 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5034 |
5035 static int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5036 count_match (struct glyph *str1, struct glyph *end1, struct glyph *str2, struct glyph *end2) |
314 | 5037 { |
25012 | 5038 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5039 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5040 |
25012 | 5041 while (p1 < end1 |
5042 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5043 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5044 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5045 |
25012 | 5046 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5047 } |
5048 | |
25012 | 5049 |
314 | 5050 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5051 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5052 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5053 |
25012 | 5054 |
5055 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5056 | |
314 | 5057 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5058 update_frame_line (struct frame *f, int vpos) |
314 | 5059 { |
25012 | 5060 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5061 int tem; |
5062 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5063 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5064 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5065 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5066 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5067 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5068 int write_spaces_p = FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (f); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5069 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5070 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5071 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5072 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5073 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5074 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5075 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5076 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5077 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5078 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5079 { |
25012 | 5080 obody = 0; |
314 | 5081 olen = 0; |
5082 } | |
5083 else | |
5084 { | |
25012 | 5085 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5086 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5087 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5088 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5089 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5090 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5091 olen--; |
314 | 5092 } |
5093 | |
25012 | 5094 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5095 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5096 | |
5097 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5098 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5099 { |
5100 nlen = 0; | |
5101 goto just_erase; | |
5102 } | |
5103 | |
25012 | 5104 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5105 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5106 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5107 | |
5108 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5109 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5110 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5111 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5112 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5113 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5114 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5115 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5116 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5117 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5118 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5119 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5120 write_glyphs (f, nbody, nlen); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5121 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5122 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5123 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5124 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5125 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5126 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5127 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5128 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5129 clear_end_of_line (f, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5130 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5131 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5132 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5133 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5134 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5135 |
25012 | 5136 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5137 return; | |
5138 } | |
314 | 5139 |
5140 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5141 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5142 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5143 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5144 nlen--; |
314 | 5145 |
5146 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5147 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
314 | 5148 { |
25012 | 5149 int i, j; |
5150 | |
5151 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5152 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5153 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5154 { | |
25012 | 5155 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5156 { |
25012 | 5157 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5158 j = i + 1; | |
5159 while (j < nlen | |
5160 && (j >= olen | |
5161 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5162 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5163 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5164 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5165 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5166 cursor_to (f, vpos, i); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5167 write_glyphs (f, nbody + i, j - i); |
25012 | 5168 i = j - 1; |
314 | 5169 |
5170 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5171 } | |
5172 } | |
5173 | |
5174 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5175 if (olen > nlen) | |
5176 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5177 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5178 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5179 } |
5180 | |
25012 | 5181 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5182 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5183 return; |
5184 } | |
5185 | |
25012 | 5186 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5187 characters in a row. */ | |
5188 | |
314 | 5189 if (!olen) |
5190 { | |
25012 | 5191 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5192 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5193 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5194 nsp = 0; |
5195 else | |
5196 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5197 | |
314 | 5198 if (nlen > nsp) |
5199 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5200 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5201 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); |
314 | 5202 } |
5203 | |
764 | 5204 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5205 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5206 return; |
5207 } | |
5208 | |
5209 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5210 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5211 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5212 |
5213 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5214 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5215 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5216 |
5217 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5218 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5219 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5220 { |
5221 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5222 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5223 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5224 } |
5225 | |
5226 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5227 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5228 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5229 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5230 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5231 | |
5232 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5233 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5234 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5235 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5236 while (op1 > op2 |
5237 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5238 { |
5239 op1--; | |
5240 np1--; | |
5241 } | |
5242 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5243 | |
5244 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5245 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5246 Is it worth it? */ | |
5247 | |
5248 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5249 if (endmatch && tem | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5250 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5251 || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5252 endmatch = 0; |
5253 | |
5254 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5255 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5256 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5257 Is it worth it? */ | |
5258 | |
5259 if (nsp != osp | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5260 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5261 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5262 { |
5263 begmatch = 0; | |
5264 endmatch = 0; | |
5265 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5266 } | |
5267 | |
5268 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5269 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5270 | |
5271 if (osp > nsp) | |
5272 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5273 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5274 delete_glyphs (f, osp - nsp); |
314 | 5275 } |
5276 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5277 { | |
5278 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5279 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5280 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5281 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5282 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5283 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5284 delete_glyphs (f, olen + nsp - osp - nlen); |
314 | 5285 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); |
5286 } | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5287 cursor_to (f, vpos, osp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5288 insert_glyphs (f, 0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5289 } |
5290 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5291 | |
5292 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5293 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5294 { | |
5295 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5296 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5297 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5298 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5299 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5300 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5301 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5302 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5303 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5304 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5305 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5306 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5307 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5308 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5309 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5310 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5311 } |
314 | 5312 } |
5313 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5314 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5315 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5316 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5317 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5318 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5319 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5320 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5321 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5322 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5323 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5324 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5325 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5326 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5327 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5328 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5329 out--; |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5330 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5331 |
25012 | 5332 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5333 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5334 if (del > 0) |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5335 delete_glyphs (f, del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5336 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5337 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5338 insert_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5339 olen = nlen; |
5340 } | |
5341 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5342 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5343 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5344 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5345 delete_glyphs (f, olen - nlen); |
314 | 5346 olen = nlen; |
5347 } | |
5348 } | |
5349 | |
5350 just_erase: | |
5351 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5352 if (olen > nlen) | |
5353 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5354 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5355 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5356 } |
5357 | |
764 | 5358 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5359 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5360 } |
25012 | 5361 |
5362 | |
314 | 5363 |
25012 | 5364 /*********************************************************************** |
5365 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5366 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5367 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5368 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5369 Return the OBJECT (string or buffer) that's there. |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5370 Return in *POS the position in that object. |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5371 Adjust *X and *Y to character positions. |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5372 Return in *DX and *DY the pixel coordinates of the click, |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5373 relative to the top left corner of OBJECT, or relative to |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5374 the top left corner of the character glyph at (*X, *Y) |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5375 if OBJECT is nil. |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5376 Return WIDTH and HEIGHT of the object at (*X, *Y), or zero |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5377 if the coordinates point to an empty area of the display. */ |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5378 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5379 Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5380 buffer_posn_from_coords (struct window *w, int *x, int *y, struct display_pos *pos, Lisp_Object *object, int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5381 { |
25012 | 5382 struct it it; |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5383 Lisp_Object old_current_buffer = Fcurrent_buffer (); |
25012 | 5384 struct text_pos startp; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5385 Lisp_Object string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5386 struct glyph_row *row; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5387 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5388 struct image *img = 0; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5389 #endif |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5390 int x0, x1, to_x; |
25012 | 5391 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5392 /* We used to set current_buffer directly here, but that does the |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5393 wrong thing with `face-remapping-alist' (bug#2044). */ |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5394 Fset_buffer (w->buffer); |
25012 | 5395 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); |
5396 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5397 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5398 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5399 |
111566
b4dbe6c4111e
Cleanup of window coordinate positioning code.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
111564
diff
changeset
|
5400 x0 = *x; |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5401 |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5402 /* First, move to the beginning of the row corresponding to *Y. We |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5403 need to be in that row to get the correct value of base paragraph |
109905
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5404 direction for the text at (*X, *Y). */ |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5405 move_it_to (&it, -1, 0, *y, -1, MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5406 |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5407 /* TO_X is the pixel position that the iterator will compute for the |
109905
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5408 glyph at *X. We add it.first_visible_x because iterator |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5409 positions include the hscroll. */ |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5410 to_x = x0 + it.first_visible_x; |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5411 if (it.bidi_it.paragraph_dir == R2L) |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5412 /* For lines in an R2L paragraph, we need to mirror TO_X wrt the |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5413 text area. This is because the iterator, even in R2L |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5414 paragraphs, delivers glyphs as if they started at the left |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5415 margin of the window. (When we actually produce glyphs for |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5416 display, we reverse their order in PRODUCE_GLYPHS, but the |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5417 iterator doesn't know about that.) The following line adjusts |
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5418 the pixel position to the iterator geometry, which is what |
109905
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5419 move_it_* routines use. (The -1 is because in a window whose |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5420 text-area width is W, the rightmost pixel position is W-1, and |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5421 it should be mirrored into zero pixel position.) */ |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5422 to_x = window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA) - to_x - 1; |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5423 |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5424 /* Now move horizontally in the row to the glyph under *X. Second |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5425 argument is ZV to prevent move_it_in_display_line from matching |
c2d849aa4021
Fix mirroring pixel positions on GUI terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109896
diff
changeset
|
5426 based on buffer positions. */ |
109886
43a4dcd16d73
Fix mouse clicks, drag, and highlight in R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
109660
diff
changeset
|
5427 move_it_in_display_line (&it, ZV, to_x, MOVE_TO_X); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5428 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5429 Fset_buffer (old_current_buffer); |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5430 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5431 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5432 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5433 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5434 string = w->buffer; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5435 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5436 string = it.string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5437 *pos = it.current; |
110469
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5438 if (it.what == IT_COMPOSITION |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5439 && it.cmp_it.nchars > 1 |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5440 && it.cmp_it.reversed_p) |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5441 { |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5442 /* The current display element is a grapheme cluster in a |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5443 composition. In that case, we need the position of the first |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5444 character of the cluster. But, as it.cmp_it.reversed_p is 1, |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5445 it.current points to the last character of the cluster, thus |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5446 we must move back to the first character of the same |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5447 cluster. */ |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5448 CHARPOS (pos->pos) -= it.cmp_it.nchars - 1; |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5449 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5450 BYTEPOS (pos->pos) = string_char_to_byte (string, CHARPOS (pos->pos)); |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5451 else |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5452 BYTEPOS (pos->pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (pos->pos)); |
9fa0b071facc
Fix position calculation on mouse click within bidi-reordered composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
109905
diff
changeset
|
5453 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5454 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5455 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5456 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5457 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5458 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5459 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5460 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5461 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5462 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5463 |
65016
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5464 if (it.vpos < w->current_matrix->nrows |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5465 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos), |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5466 row->enabled_p)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5467 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5468 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5469 { |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5470 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5471 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5472 if (img) |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5473 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5474 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
110598
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5475 *dx += glyph->slice.img.x; |
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5476 *dy += glyph->slice.img.y; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5477 /* Image slices positions are still relative to the entire image */ |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5478 *width = img->width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5479 *height = img->height; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5480 } |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5481 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5482 #endif |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5483 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5484 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5485 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5486 } |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5487 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5488 else |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5489 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5490 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5491 *height = row->height; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5492 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5493 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5494 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5495 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5496 *width = *height = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5497 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5498 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5499 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5500 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5501 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5502 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5503 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5504 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5505 *y = it.vpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5506 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5507 return string; |
25012 | 5508 } |
5509 | |
5510 | |
5511 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5512 mode line or header line (PART says which) of window W, or nil if none. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5513 *CHARPOS is set to the position in the string returned. */ |
25012 | 5514 |
5515 Lisp_Object | |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5516 mode_line_string (struct window *w, enum window_part part, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5517 int *x, int *y, EMACS_INT *charpos, Lisp_Object *object, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5518 int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
25012 | 5519 { |
5520 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5521 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5522 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5523 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5524 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5525 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5526 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5527 else | |
25546 | 5528 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5529 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5530 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5531 |
25012 | 5532 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5533 { |
25012 | 5534 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5535 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5536 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5537 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5538 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5539 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5540 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5541 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5542 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5543 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5544 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5545 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5546 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5547 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5548 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5549 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5550 struct image *img; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5551 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5552 if (img != NULL) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5553 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5554 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5555 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5556 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5557 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5558 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5559 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5560 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5561 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5562 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5563 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5564 } |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5565 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5566 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5567 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5568 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5569 x0 = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5570 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5571 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5572 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5573 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5574 *dy = y0; |
25012 | 5575 |
5576 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5577 } |
25012 | 5578 |
5579 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5580 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5581 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5582 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5583 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5584 Lisp_Object |
110552
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5585 marginal_area_string (struct window *w, enum window_part part, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5586 int *x, int *y, EMACS_INT *charpos, Lisp_Object *object, |
66f6be9b4d43
Fix int/EMACS_INT use in ccl.c, cmds.c, data.c, dispnew.c.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5587 int *dx, int *dy, int *width, int *height) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5588 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5589 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5590 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5591 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5592 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5593 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5594 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5595 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5596 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5597 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5598 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5599 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5600 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5601 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5602 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5603 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5604 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5605 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5606 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5607 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5608 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5609 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5610 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5611 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5612 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5613 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5614 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5615 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5616 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5617 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5618 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5619 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5620 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5621 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5622 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5623 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5624 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5625 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5626 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5627 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5628 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5629 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5630 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5631 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5632 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5633 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5634 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5635 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5636 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5637 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5638 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5639 if (img != NULL) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5640 *object = img->spec; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5641 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
110598
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5642 x0 += glyph->slice.img.x; |
ee58b36ab139
Remove restriction on the number of glyphs in one composition.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
110469
diff
changeset
|
5643 y0 += glyph->slice.img.y; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5644 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5645 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5646 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5647 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5648 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5649 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5650 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5651 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5652 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5653 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5654 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5655 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5656 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5657 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5658 *x = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5659 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5660 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5661 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5662 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5663 *dy = y0; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5664 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5665 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5666 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5667 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5668 |
25012 | 5669 /*********************************************************************** |
5670 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5671 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5672 |
5673 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5674 |
493 | 5675 SIGTYPE |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5676 window_change_signal (int signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5677 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5678 { |
5679 int width, height; | |
5680 int old_errno = errno; | |
5681 | |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
5682 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5683 |
58986
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5684 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5685 SIGNAL_THREAD_CHECK (signalnum); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5686 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5687 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a single |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5688 termcap-controlled terminal, but we can't decide which. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5689 Therefore, we resize the frames corresponding to each tty. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5690 */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5691 for (tty = tty_list; tty; tty = tty->next) { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5692 |
53341 | 5693 if (! tty->term_initted) |
5694 continue; | |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5695 |
101690
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5696 /* Suspended tty frames have tty->input == NULL avoid trying to |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5697 use it. */ |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5698 if (!tty->input) |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5699 continue; |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5700 |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5701 get_tty_size (fileno (tty->input), &width, &height); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5702 |
83412
573105015a96
Work around Emacs crash on Konsole detach. (Tom Schutzer-Weissmann)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83384
diff
changeset
|
5703 if (width > 5 && height > 2) { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5704 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5705 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5706 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5707 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_TTY (XFRAME (frame)) == tty) |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5708 /* Record the new sizes, but don't reallocate the data |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5709 structures now. Let that be done later outside of the |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5710 signal handler. */ |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5711 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5712 } |
314 | 5713 } |
5714 | |
5715 errno = old_errno; | |
5716 } | |
5717 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5718 | |
5719 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5720 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5721 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5722 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5723 |
21514 | 5724 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5725 do_pending_window_change (int safe) |
314 | 5726 { |
5727 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5728 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5729 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5730 |
314 | 5731 while (delayed_size_change) |
5732 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5733 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5734 |
5735 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5736 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5737 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5738 { |
25012 | 5739 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5740 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5741 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5742 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5743 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5744 } |
5745 } | |
5746 } | |
5747 | |
5748 | |
764 | 5749 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5750 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5751 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5752 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5753 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5754 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5755 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5756 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5757 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5758 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5759 |
21514 | 5760 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5761 change_frame_size (register struct frame *f, int newheight, int newwidth, int pretend, int delay, int safe) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5762 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5763 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5764 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5765 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5766 { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5767 /* On MS-DOS, all frames use the same screen, so a change in |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5768 size affects all frames. Termcap now supports multiple |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5769 ttys. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5770 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5771 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5772 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5773 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5774 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5775 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5776 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5777 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5778 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5779 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
5780 change_frame_size_1 (register struct frame *f, int newheight, int newwidth, int pretend, int delay, int safe) |
314 | 5781 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5782 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
5783 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5784 |
314 | 5785 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5786 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5787 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5788 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5789 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 5790 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5791 return; | |
5792 } | |
5793 | |
764 | 5794 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5795 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5796 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5797 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5798 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5799 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5800 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5801 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5802 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 5803 |
5804 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5805 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5806 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5807 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5808 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5809 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5810 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5811 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5812 /* Frame width may be unchanged but the text portion may change, for example, |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5813 fullscreen and remove/add scroll bar. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5814 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5815 && newwidth == FRAME_COLS (f) // text portion unchanged |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5816 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) // frame width unchanged |
314 | 5817 return; |
5818 | |
15078 | 5819 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5820 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5821 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5822 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5823 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5824 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5825 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5826 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5827 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5828 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 5829 { |
25012 | 5830 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5831 { |
25012 | 5832 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5833 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 5834 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
5835 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5836 (newheight | |
5837 - 1 | |
5838 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5839 2); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5840 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5841 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5842 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5843 } |
5844 else | |
764 | 5845 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5846 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5847 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 2); |
25012 | 5848 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5849 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5850 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5851 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
5852 FrameRows (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newheight; |
314 | 5853 } |
5854 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5855 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5856 { |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5857 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 2); |
25012 | 5858 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5859 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 5860 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5861 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5862 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
5863 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
5864 FrameCols (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newwidth; |
25012 | 5865 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
5866 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5867 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 5868 } |
5869 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5870 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5871 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 5872 |
5873 { | |
5874 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
5875 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5876 |
25012 | 5877 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
5878 &text_area_height); | |
5879 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
5880 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
5881 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
5882 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
5883 } | |
5884 | |
5885 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
5886 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 5887 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
5888 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 5889 |
5890 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
5891 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5892 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5893 |
88050
449ffc76e463
* window.c (run_window_configuration_change_hook): New function.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
5894 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5895 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
5896 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 5897 } |
25012 | 5898 |
5899 | |
314 | 5900 |
25012 | 5901 /*********************************************************************** |
5902 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
5903 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5904 | |
5905 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5906 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5907 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5908 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5909 (Lisp_Object file) |
25012 | 5910 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5911 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5912 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
5913 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
5914 && ! FRAME_MSDOS_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5915 error ("Current frame is not on a tty device"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5916 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5917 tty = CURTTY (); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5918 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5919 if (tty->termscript != 0) |
83560 | 5920 { |
5921 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5922 fclose (tty->termscript); |
83560 | 5923 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
5924 } | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5925 tty->termscript = 0; |
25012 | 5926 |
5927 if (! NILP (file)) | |
5928 { | |
5929 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5930 tty->termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5931 if (tty->termscript == 0) |
25012 | 5932 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); |
5933 } | |
5934 return Qnil; | |
5935 } | |
5936 | |
5937 | |
314 | 5938 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5939 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5940 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5941 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. |
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
5942 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5943 Optional parameter TERMINAL specifies the tty terminal device to use. |
104957
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5944 It may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal used by |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5945 the currently selected frame. In batch mode, STRING is sent to stdout |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
5946 when TERMINAL is nil. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5947 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object terminal) |
314 | 5948 { |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5949 struct terminal *t = get_terminal (terminal, 1); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5950 FILE *out; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5951 |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
5952 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
5953 CHECK_STRING (string); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
5954 BLOCK_INPUT; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5955 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5956 if (!t) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5957 error ("Unknown terminal device"); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
5958 |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5959 if (t->type == output_initial) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5960 out = stdout; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5961 else if (t->type != output_termcap && t->type != output_msdos_raw) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5962 error ("Device %d is not a termcap terminal device", t->id); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5963 else |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5964 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5965 struct tty_display_info *tty = t->display_info.tty; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5966 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5967 if (! tty->output) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5968 error ("Terminal is currently suspended"); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5969 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5970 if (tty->termscript) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5971 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5972 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5973 fflush (tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5974 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5975 out = tty->output; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5976 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5977 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), out); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
5978 fflush (out); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
5979 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 5980 return Qnil; |
5981 } | |
5982 | |
25012 | 5983 |
314 | 5984 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5985 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
5986 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
5987 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
5988 (Lisp_Object arg) |
314 | 5989 { |
493 | 5990 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 5991 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5992 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5993 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
5994 else |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5995 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 5996 } |
5997 else | |
5998 bitch_at_user (); | |
5999 | |
6000 return Qnil; | |
6001 } | |
6002 | |
21514 | 6003 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6004 bitch_at_user (void) |
314 | 6005 { |
6006 if (noninteractive) | |
6007 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6008 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6009 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6010 else | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
6011 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6012 } |
6013 | |
25012 | 6014 |
6015 | |
6016 /*********************************************************************** | |
6017 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6018 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6019 | |
314 | 6020 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6021 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6022 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6023 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6024 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6025 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6026 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6027 (Lisp_Object seconds, Lisp_Object milliseconds) |
314 | 6028 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6029 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6030 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6031 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6032 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6033 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6034 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6035 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6036 | |
6037 { | |
6038 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6039 sec = (int) duration; | |
6040 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6041 } | |
314 | 6042 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6043 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6044 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
63695
98563021d2e3
(Fsleep_for, Fsit_for): Follow error conventions.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
63649
diff
changeset
|
6045 error ("Millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6046 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6047 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6048 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6049 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6050 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6051 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6052 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6053 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6054 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6055 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6056 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6057 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6058 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6059 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6060 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6061 return Qnil; |
6062 | |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6063 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, 0, 0, Qnil, NULL, 0); |
314 | 6064 |
6065 return Qnil; | |
6066 } | |
6067 | |
25012 | 6068 |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6069 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_output, except that |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6070 it does redisplay. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6071 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6072 TIMEOUT is number of seconds to wait (float or integer), |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6073 or t to wait forever. |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6074 READING is 1 if reading input. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6075 If DO_DISPLAY is >0 display process output while waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6076 If DO_DISPLAY is >1 perform an initial redisplay before waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6077 */ |
650 | 6078 |
6079 Lisp_Object | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6080 sit_for (Lisp_Object timeout, int reading, int do_display) |
314 | 6081 { |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6082 int sec, usec; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6083 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6084 swallow_events (do_display); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6085 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6086 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (do_display)) |
71138
5cf77229c85d
(sit_for): Perform redisplay even if input is pending
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
70300
diff
changeset
|
6087 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
314 | 6088 return Qnil; |
650 | 6089 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6090 if (do_display >= 2) |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6091 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6092 |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6093 if (INTEGERP (timeout)) |
71333
a8cbcce39bd0
(sit_for): Undo 2006-06-01 change. Instead, a
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71323
diff
changeset
|
6094 { |
71810 | 6095 sec = XINT (timeout); |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6096 usec = 0; |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6097 } |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6098 else if (FLOATP (timeout)) |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6099 { |
71831
347f809d2edb
(sit_for): Tiny simplification.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71810
diff
changeset
|
6100 double seconds = XFLOAT_DATA (timeout); |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6101 sec = (int) seconds; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6102 usec = (int) ((seconds - sec) * 1000000); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6103 } |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6104 else if (EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6105 { |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6106 sec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6107 usec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6108 } |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6109 else |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6110 wrong_type_argument (Qnumberp, timeout); |
314 | 6111 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6112 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0 && !EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
673 | 6113 return Qt; |
6114 | |
314 | 6115 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6116 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6117 #endif |
6118 | |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6119 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, reading ? -1 : 1, do_display, |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6120 Qnil, NULL, 0); |
650 | 6121 |
314 | 6122 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6123 } | |
6124 | |
25012 | 6125 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6126 DEFUN ("redisplay", Fredisplay, Sredisplay, 0, 1, 0, |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6127 doc: /* Perform redisplay if no input is available. |
71773 | 6128 If optional arg FORCE is non-nil or `redisplay-dont-pause' is non-nil, |
72788
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6129 perform a full redisplay even if input is available. |
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6130 Return t if redisplay was performed, nil otherwise. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6131 (Lisp_Object force) |
650 | 6132 { |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6133 int count; |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6134 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6135 swallow_events (1); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6136 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (1) |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6137 && NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6138 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6139 return Qnil; |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6140 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6141 count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6142 if (!NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6143 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6144 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6145 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6146 return Qt; |
650 | 6147 } |
25012 | 6148 |
6149 | |
314 | 6150 |
25012 | 6151 /*********************************************************************** |
6152 Other Lisp Functions | |
6153 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6154 | |
6155 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6156 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6157 buffer-modified-flags. */ |
25012 | 6158 |
6159 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6160 | |
6161 | |
6162 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6163 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6164 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6165 VARIABLE is a variable name whose value is either nil or a state vector |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6166 that will be updated to contain all frames and buffers, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6167 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6168 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags. This allows a fast |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6169 check to see whether buffer menus might need to be recomputed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6170 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6171 the current state. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6172 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6173 If VARIABLE is nil, an internal variable is used. Users should not |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6174 pass nil for VARIABLE. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6175 (Lisp_Object variable) |
25012 | 6176 { |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6177 Lisp_Object state, tail, frame, buf; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6178 Lisp_Object *vecp, *end; |
25012 | 6179 int n; |
6180 | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6181 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6182 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6183 CHECK_SYMBOL (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6184 state = Fsymbol_value (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6185 if (! VECTORP (state)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6186 goto changed; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6187 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6188 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6189 state = frame_and_buffer_state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6190 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6191 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6192 end = vecp + XVECTOR (state)->size; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6193 |
25012 | 6194 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6195 { | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6196 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6197 goto changed; |
25012 | 6198 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) |
6199 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6200 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6201 goto changed; |
25012 | 6202 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) |
6203 goto changed; | |
6204 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6205 /* Check that the buffer info matches. */ |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6206 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6207 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6208 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6209 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6210 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6211 continue; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6212 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6213 goto changed; |
25012 | 6214 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) |
6215 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6216 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6217 goto changed; |
25012 | 6218 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) |
6219 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6220 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6221 goto changed; |
25012 | 6222 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) |
6223 goto changed; | |
6224 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6225 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6226 goto changed; |
25012 | 6227 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ |
6228 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6229 return Qnil; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6230 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6231 /* Come here if we decide the data has changed. */ |
25012 | 6232 changed: |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6233 /* Count the size we will need. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6234 Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ |
25012 | 6235 n = 1; |
6236 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6237 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6238 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6239 n += 3; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6240 /* Reallocate the vector if data has grown to need it, |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6241 or if it has shrunk a lot. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6242 if (! VECTORP (state) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6243 || n > XVECTOR (state)->size |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6244 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (state)->size / 2) |
25012 | 6245 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6246 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6247 state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6248 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6249 Fset (variable, state); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6250 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6251 frame_and_buffer_state = state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6252 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6253 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6254 /* Record the new data in the (possibly reallocated) vector. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6255 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
25012 | 6256 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6257 { | |
6258 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6259 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6260 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6261 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6262 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6263 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6264 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6265 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6266 continue; |
6267 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6268 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6269 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6270 } | |
6271 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6272 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6273 while (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6274 < XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6275 *vecp++ = Qlambda; |
6276 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6277 if (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6278 > XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6279 abort (); |
6280 return Qt; | |
6281 } | |
6282 | |
6283 | |
6284 | |
6285 /*********************************************************************** | |
6286 Initialization | |
6287 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6288 | |
6289 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. | |
6290 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6291 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6292 |
21514 | 6293 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6294 init_display (void) |
314 | 6295 { |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6296 char *terminal_type; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6297 |
25012 | 6298 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6299 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
6300 SET_CHAR_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' ', DEFAULT_FACE_ID, 0); |
25012 | 6301 space_glyph.charpos = -1; |
6302 | |
314 | 6303 inverse_video = 0; |
6304 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6305 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6306 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6307 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6308 during startup. */ |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6309 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6310 |
83146
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6311 /* SIGWINCH needs to be handled no matter what display we start |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6312 with. Otherwise newly opened tty frames will not resize |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6313 automatically. */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6314 #ifdef SIGWINCH |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6315 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6316 if (initialized) |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6317 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6318 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6319 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ |
314 | 6320 |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6321 /* If running as a daemon, no need to initialize any frames/terminal. */ |
99182
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6322 if (IS_DAEMON) |
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6323 return; |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6324 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6325 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6326 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6327 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6328 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6329 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6330 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6331 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6332 |
6333 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
69952
b9da898695a5
* dispnew.c (init_display): Don't init X display if the user asked
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69607
diff
changeset
|
6334 if (! inhibit_window_system && ! display_arg) |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6335 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6336 char *display; |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6337 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6338 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
69607
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6339 |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6340 if (display_arg && !x_display_ok (display)) |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6341 { |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6342 fprintf (stderr, "Display %s unavailable, simulating -nw\n", |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6343 display); |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6344 inhibit_window_system = 1; |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6345 } |
2364 | 6346 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6347 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6348 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6349 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6350 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6351 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6352 ) |
314 | 6353 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6354 Vinitial_window_system = Qx; |
314 | 6355 #ifdef HAVE_X11 |
6356 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6357 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6358 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6359 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6360 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6361 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6362 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6363 #endif |
25012 | 6364 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6365 return; |
6366 } | |
6367 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6368 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6369 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6370 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6371 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6372 Vinitial_window_system = Qw32; |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6373 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6374 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6375 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6376 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6377 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6378 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6379 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6380 if (!inhibit_window_system |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6381 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6382 && initialized |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6383 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6384 ) |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6385 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6386 Vinitial_window_system = Qns; |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6387 Vwindow_system_version = make_number(10); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6388 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6389 return; |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6390 } |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6391 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6392 |
314 | 6393 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6394 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6395 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6396 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6397 exit (1); |
6398 } | |
6399 | |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6400 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6401 terminal_type = "w32console"; |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6402 #else |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6403 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6404 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6405 #endif |
314 | 6406 if (!terminal_type) |
6407 { | |
71946 | 6408 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
71945 | 6409 if (! inhibit_window_system) |
6410 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable DISPLAY or TERM (see `tset').\n"); | |
71944
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6411 else |
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6412 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
71945 | 6413 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see `tset'.\n"); |
314 | 6414 exit (1); |
6415 } | |
6416 | |
53341 | 6417 { |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6418 struct terminal *t; |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6419 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6420 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6421 /* Open a display on the controlling tty. */ |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6422 t = init_tty (0, terminal_type, 1); /* Errors are fatal. */ |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6423 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6424 /* Convert the initial frame to use the new display. */ |
83090
72c2a3eb27da
Trivial cosmetic change in dispnew.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83074
diff
changeset
|
6425 if (f->output_method != output_initial) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6426 abort (); |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6427 f->output_method = t->type; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6428 f->terminal = t; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6429 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6430 t->reference_count++; |
111345
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6431 #ifdef MSDOS |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6432 f->output_data.tty->display_info = &the_only_display_info; |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6433 #else |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6434 if (f->output_method == output_termcap) |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6435 create_tty_output (f); |
8ed4db9b46e6
Fix mouse redesigned mouse highlight on MSDOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
111339
diff
changeset
|
6436 #endif |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6437 t->display_info.tty->top_frame = selected_frame; |
83362
c3dd82172ed1
Enforce the presence of `window-system' and `tty-type' frame parameters in all frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83353
diff
changeset
|
6438 change_frame_size (XFRAME (selected_frame), |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6439 FrameRows (t->display_info.tty), |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6440 FrameCols (t->display_info.tty), 0, 0, 1); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6441 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6442 /* Delete the initial terminal. */ |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6443 if (--initial_terminal->reference_count == 0 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6444 && initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6445 (*initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) (initial_terminal); |
83074
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6446 |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6447 /* Update frame parameters to reflect the new type. */ |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6448 Fmodify_frame_parameters |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6449 (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty_type, |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6450 Ftty_type (selected_frame)), Qnil)); |
97867
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6451 if (t->display_info.tty->name) |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6452 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6453 Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, build_string (t->display_info.tty->name)), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6454 Qnil)); |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6455 else |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6456 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, Qnil), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6457 Qnil)); |
53341 | 6458 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6459 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6460 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6461 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6462 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6463 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6464 |
25012 | 6465 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6466 | |
6467 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6468 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6469 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6470 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6471 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6472 |
25012 | 6473 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6474 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6475 |
25012 | 6476 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ |
6477 if (initialized | |
6478 && !noninteractive | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6479 && NILP (Vinitial_window_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6480 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6481 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6482 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6483 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6484 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6485 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6486 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6487 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6488 } |
314 | 6489 } |
25012 | 6490 |
6491 | |
314 | 6492 |
25012 | 6493 /*********************************************************************** |
6494 Blinking cursor | |
6495 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6496 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6497 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6498 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6499 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6500 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6501 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6502 don't show a cursor. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6503 (Lisp_Object window, Lisp_Object show) |
25012 | 6504 { |
6505 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6506 output routines. */ | |
6507 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6508 { | |
6509 if (NILP (window)) | |
6510 window = selected_window; | |
6511 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6512 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6513 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6514 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6515 } |
6516 | |
6517 return Qnil; | |
6518 } | |
6519 | |
6520 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6521 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6522 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6523 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6524 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6525 (Lisp_Object window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6526 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6527 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6528 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6529 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6530 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6531 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6532 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6533 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6534 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6535 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6536 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6537 |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6538 DEFUN ("last-nonminibuffer-frame", Flast_nonminibuf_frame, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6539 Slast_nonminibuf_frame, 0, 0, 0, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6540 doc: /* Value is last nonminibuffer frame. */) |
109179
8cfee7d2955f
Convert DEFUNs to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109165
diff
changeset
|
6541 (void) |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6542 { |
95639
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6543 Lisp_Object frame = Qnil; |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6544 |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6545 if (last_nonminibuf_frame) |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6546 XSETFRAME (frame, last_nonminibuf_frame); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6547 |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6548 return frame; |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6549 } |
25012 | 6550 |
6551 /*********************************************************************** | |
6552 Initialization | |
6553 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6554 | |
21514 | 6555 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
6556 syms_of_display (void) |
314 | 6557 { |
764 | 6558 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6559 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6560 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6561 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6562 defsubr (&Sding); | |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6563 defsubr (&Sredisplay); |
314 | 6564 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); |
6565 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6566 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6567 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6568 defsubr (&Slast_nonminibuf_frame); |
314 | 6569 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6570 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6571 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6572 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6573 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6574 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6575 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6576 |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6577 Qdisplay_table = intern_c_string ("display-table"); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6578 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6579 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern_c_string ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6580 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6581 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6582 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6583 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6584 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6585 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6586 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6587 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6588 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6589 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6590 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6591 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6592 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6593 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6594 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6595 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6596 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6597 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6598 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6599 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6600 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6601 |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6602 DEFVAR_LISP ("initial-window-system", &Vinitial_window_system, |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6603 doc: /* Name of the window system that Emacs uses for the first frame. |
111155
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6604 The value is a symbol: |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6605 nil for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal), |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6606 'x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6607 'w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6608 'ns' for an Emacs frame on a GNUstep or Macintosh Cocoa display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6609 'pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame. |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6610 |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6611 Use of this variable as a boolean is deprecated. Instead, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6612 use `display-graphic-p' or any of the other `display-*-p' |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6613 predicates which report frame's specific UI-related capabilities. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6614 |
85614
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6615 DEFVAR_KBOARD ("window-system", Vwindow_system, |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6616 doc: /* Name of window system through which the selected frame is displayed. |
111155
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6617 The value is a symbol: |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6618 nil for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal), |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6619 'x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6620 'w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6621 'ns' for an Emacs frame on a GNUstep or Macintosh Cocoa display, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6622 'pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame. |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6623 |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6624 Use of this variable as a boolean is deprecated. Instead, |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6625 use `display-graphic-p' or any of the other `display-*-p' |
bfc9f85a0e9d
Document values of window-system and deprecate its use as predicate.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
6626 predicates which report frame's specific UI-related capabilities. */); |
85614
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6627 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6628 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6629 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
85826 | 6630 For X windows, this is 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6631 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6632 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6633 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6634 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6635 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6636 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6637 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6638 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6639 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6640 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6641 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6642 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6643 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6644 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6645 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6646 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6647 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6648 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6649 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6650 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6651 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6652 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6653 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6654 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6655 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6656 DEFVAR_LISP ("redisplay-preemption-period", &Vredisplay_preemption_period, |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6657 doc: /* *The period in seconds between checking for input during redisplay. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6658 If input is detected, redisplay is pre-empted, and the input is processed. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6659 If nil, never pre-empt redisplay. */); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6660 Vredisplay_preemption_period = make_float (0.10); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6661 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6662 |
314 | 6663 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP |
6664 if (noninteractive) | |
6665 #endif | |
6666 { | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6667 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6668 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; |
6669 } | |
6670 } | |
52401 | 6671 |
6672 /* arch-tag: 8d812b1f-04a2-4195-a9c4-381f8457a413 | |
6673 (do not change this comment) */ |